Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Convex Optimization

556 missions · 342 completed

Missions

Open214Completed342All556
Functional AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Monotone+Skew Splitting Model for Composite Monotone Inclusions in Duality: The Inexact Primal–Dual Forward–Backward–Forward Iterates Converge Weakly to a Primal and a Dual SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in convex optimization, variational inequalities, mechanics, traffic equilibrium and signal processing reduce to finding a zero of a monotone operator on a Hilbert space. Frequently that operator is a sum A+L∗∘B∘LA + L^*\circ B\circ LA+L∗∘B∘L of a monotone operator and a monotone operator composed with a linear map and its adjoint, and one also wants the solution of an associated dual inclusion. The prototype is Fenchel–Rockafellar duality: with A=∂fA=\partial fA=∂f and B=∂gB=\partial gB=∂g, the pair of problems is min⁡xf(x)+g(Lx−r)−⟨x∣z⟩\min_x f(x)+g(Lx-r)-\langle x\mid z\rangleminx​f(x)+g(Lx−r)−⟨x∣z⟩ and min⁡vf∗(z−L∗v)+g∗(v)+⟨v∣r⟩\min_v f^*(z-L^*v)+g^*(v)+\langle v\mid r\rangleminv​f∗(z−L∗v)+g∗(v)+⟨v∣r⟩.

Before this paper, splitting methods for the primal problem needed BBB to be single-valued and smooth (forward–backward, or Tseng's forward–backward–forward method), or needed the resolvent of L∗∘B∘LL^*\circ B\circ LL∗∘B∘L, which has no closed form in terms of BBB and LLL in general. Briceño-Arias and Combettes (arXiv:1011.5517, SIAM J. Optim. 2011) observed that the primal–dual pair is equivalent to a single inclusion on the product space involving a maximally monotone operator plus a bounded skew linear operator. Applying an inexact forward–backward–forward method to that inclusion gives the first algorithm that solves the primal and dual inclusions simultaneously and uses AAA, BBB and LLL separately. Later primal–dual methods, including those of Combettes–Pesquet (2012), Vũ (2013) and Condat (2013), build on this construction.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH and G\mathcal GG be real Hilbert spaces. A set-valued operator M:H→2HM:\mathcal H\to2^{\mathcal H}M:H→2H assigns to each point a subset; its graph is {(x,u)∣u∈Mx}\{(x,u)\mid u\in Mx\}{(x,u)∣u∈Mx}, its inverse M−1M^{-1}M−1 has graph {(u,x)∣u∈Mx}\{(u,x)\mid u\in Mx\}{(u,x)∣u∈Mx}, and zer⁡M={x∣0∈Mx}\operatorname{zer}M=\{x\mid 0\in Mx\}zerM={x∣0∈Mx}. MMM is monotone if ⟨x−y∣u−v⟩≥0\langle x-y\mid u-v\rangle\ge0⟨x−y∣u−v⟩≥0 whenever u∈Mxu\in Mxu∈Mx, v∈Myv\in Myv∈My, and maximally monotone if no monotone operator has a strictly larger graph. For γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 the resolvent JγM=(Id+γM)−1J_{\gamma M}=(\mathrm{Id}+\gamma M)^{-1}JγM​=(Id+γM)−1 is then an everywhere-defined single-valued map.

Problem 1.1. Let A:H→2HA:\mathcal H\to2^{\mathcal H}A:H→2H and B:G→2GB:\mathcal G\to2^{\mathcal G}B:G→2G be maximally monotone, L:H→GL:\mathcal H\to\mathcal GL:H→G bounded linear, z∈Hz\in\mathcal Hz∈H, r∈Gr\in\mathcal Gr∈G. Solve the primal inclusion

z∈Ax+L∗B(Lx−r)(1.2)z\in Ax+L^*B(Lx-r)\qquad(1.2)z∈Ax+L∗B(Lx−r)(1.2)

and the dual inclusion

−r∈−LA−1(z−L∗v)+B−1v.(1.3)-r\in -LA^{-1}(z-L^*v)+B^{-1}v.\qquad(1.3)−r∈−LA−1(z−L∗v)+B−1v.(1.3)

Their solution sets are P\mathcal PP and D\mathcal DD.

Problem 1.2. On the Hilbert direct sum K=H⊕G\mathcal K=\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal GK=H⊕G set

M:(x,v)↦(−z+Ax)×(r+B−1v),S:(x,v)↦(L∗v,−Lx),M:(x,v)\mapsto(-z+Ax)\times(r+B^{-1}v),\qquad S:(x,v)\mapsto(L^*v,-Lx),M:(x,v)↦(−z+Ax)×(r+B−1v),S:(x,v)↦(L∗v,−Lx),

and find a zero of M+SM+SM+S.

The algorithm (3.1) of the paper, for step sizes γn\gamma_nγn​ and error sequences ai,n,bi,n,ci,na_{i,n},b_{i,n},c_{i,n}ai,n​,bi,n​,ci,n​, reads

y1,n=xn−γn(L∗vn+a1,n),y2,n=vn+γn(Lxn+a2,n),p1,n=JγnA(y1,n+γnz)+b1,n,p2,n=JγnB−1(y2,n−γnr)+b2,n,q1,n=p1,n−γn(L∗p2,n+c1,n),q2,n=p2,n+γn(Lp1,n+c2,n),xn+1=xn−y1,n+q1,n,vn+1=vn−y2,n+q2,n.\begin{aligned}y_{1,n}&=x_n-\gamma_n(L^*v_n+a_{1,n}), & y_{2,n}&=v_n+\gamma_n(Lx_n+a_{2,n}),\\ p_{1,n}&=J_{\gamma_nA}(y_{1,n}+\gamma_nz)+b_{1,n}, & p_{2,n}&=J_{\gamma_nB^{-1}}(y_{2,n}-\gamma_nr)+b_{2,n},\\ q_{1,n}&=p_{1,n}-\gamma_n(L^*p_{2,n}+c_{1,n}), & q_{2,n}&=p_{2,n}+\gamma_n(Lp_{1,n}+c_{2,n}),\\ x_{n+1}&=x_n-y_{1,n}+q_{1,n}, & v_{n+1}&=v_n-y_{2,n}+q_{2,n}.\end{aligned}y1,n​p1,n​q1,n​xn+1​​=xn​−γn​(L∗vn​+a1,n​),=Jγn​A​(y1,n​+γn​z)+b1,n​,=p1,n​−γn​(L∗p2,n​+c1,n​),=xn​−y1,n​+q1,n​,​y2,n​p2,n​q2,n​vn+1​​=vn​+γn​(Lxn​+a2,n​),=Jγn​B−1​(y2,n​−γn​r)+b2,n​,=p2,n​+γn​(Lp1,n​+c2,n​),=vn​−y2,n​+q2,n​.​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

Assume L≠0L\neq0L=0, z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), all six error sequences absolutely summable, ε∈ ]0,1/(∥L∥+1)[\varepsilon\in\,]0,1/(\|L\|+1)[ε∈]0,1/(∥L∥+1)[ and γn∈[ε,(1−ε)/∥L∥]\gamma_n\in[\varepsilon,(1-\varepsilon)/\|L\|]γn​∈[ε,(1−ε)/∥L∥]. Then for some xˉ∈P\bar x\in\mathcal Pxˉ∈P and vˉ∈D\bar v\in\mathcal Dvˉ∈D with z−L∗vˉ∈Axˉz-L^*\bar v\in A\bar xz−L∗vˉ∈Axˉ and vˉ∈B(Lxˉ−r)\bar v\in B(L\bar x-r)vˉ∈B(Lxˉ−r):

xn−p1,n→0,vn−p2,n→0,xn, p1,n⇀xˉ,vn, p2,n⇀vˉ,x_n-p_{1,n}\to0,\quad v_n-p_{2,n}\to0,\qquad x_n,\,p_{1,n}\rightharpoonup\bar x,\quad v_n,\,p_{2,n}\rightharpoonup\bar v,xn​−p1,n​→0,vn​−p2,n​→0,xn​,p1,n​⇀xˉ,vn​,p2,n​⇀vˉ,

and the convergence of xn,p1,nx_n,p_{1,n}xn​,p1,n​ (resp. vn,p2,nv_n,p_{2,n}vn​,p2,n​) is strong if AAA is uniformly monotone at xˉ\bar xxˉ (resp. B−1B^{-1}B−1 at vˉ\bar vvˉ).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1: αn+1≤αn−βn+εn\alpha_{n+1}\le\alpha_n-\beta_n+\varepsilon_nαn+1​≤αn​−βn​+εn​ with nonnegative terms and summable εn\varepsilon_nεn​ implies (αn)(\alpha_n)(αn​) converges and ∑βn<∞\sum\beta_n<\infty∑βn​<∞. Covered by the proved platform theorem GradErrors.Deterministic.lemma_1 (Bertsekas–Tsitsiklis), of which it is the special case Y=α≥0Y=\alpha\ge0Y=α≥0, so that the alternative Yt→−∞Y_t\to-\inftyYt​→−∞ cannot occur.
  2. Lemma 2.2: a quasi-Fejér sequence whose sequential weak cluster points lie in CCC converges weakly to a point of CCC.
  3. Theorem 2.5(i)–(ii): for AAA maximally monotone and BBB monotone and β\betaβ-Lipschitz with zer⁡(A+B)≠∅\operatorname{zer}(A+B)\ne\varnothingzer(A+B)=∅, the inexact forward–backward–forward iteration has ∑∥xn−pn∥2<∞\sum\|x_n-p_n\|^2<\infty∑∥xn​−pn​∥2<∞, ∑∥yn−qn∥2<∞\sum\|y_n-q_n\|^2<\infty∑∥yn​−qn​∥2<∞, and xn,pn⇀xˉ∈zer⁡(A+B)x_n,p_n\rightharpoonup\bar x\in\operatorname{zer}(A+B)xn​,pn​⇀xˉ∈zer(A+B).
  4. Proposition 2.7(i)–(iv): MMM and M+SM+SM+S are maximally monotone; SSS is bounded linear with S∗=−SS^*=-SS∗=−S and ∥S∥=∥L∥\|S\|=\|L\|∥S∥=∥L∥; JγM(x,v)=(JγA(x+γz),JγB−1(v−γr))J_{\gamma M}(x,v)=(J_{\gamma A}(x+\gamma z),J_{\gamma B^{-1}}(v-\gamma r))JγM​(x,v)=(JγA​(x+γz),JγB−1​(v−γr)).
  5. Proposition 2.8: zer⁡(M+S)\operatorname{zer}(M+S)zer(M+S) is a closed convex subset of P×D\mathcal P\times\mathcal DP×D, and z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), P≠∅\mathcal P\ne\varnothingP=∅, zer⁡(M+S)≠∅\operatorname{zer}(M+S)\ne\varnothingzer(M+S)=∅, D≠∅\mathcal D\ne\varnothingD=∅ and −r∈ran⁡(−L∘A−1∘(z−L∗⋅)+B−1)-r\in\operatorname{ran}(-L\circ A^{-1}\circ(z-L^*\cdot)+B^{-1})−r∈ran(−L∘A−1∘(z−L∗⋅)+B−1) are equivalent.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 gives a method that handles two arbitrary maximally monotone operators coupled by an arbitrary bounded linear map, with only resolvent evaluations of AAA and B−1B^{-1}B−1 (computed in parallel) and forward applications of LLL and L∗L^*L∗. It tolerates summable errors in every step and variable step sizes, and it produces a primal and a dual solution simultaneously, assuming only that the primal problem is solvable. The paper derives from it, as instances, methods for sums of composite operators (Theorem 3.8) and for Fenchel–Rockafellar-type composite minimization (Section 4).

The theorem is proved in the literature. This mission formalizes it, which in turn requires a machine-checked inexact forward–backward–forward theorem (Theorem 2.5) and the structural facts about the monotone+skew reformulation (Propositions 2.7, 2.8). These intermediate results are reusable for the descendants of this algorithm. No machine-checked proof of Theorem 3.1, of Theorem 2.5, or of the quasi-Fejér Lemma 2.2 is known to the mission's authors. On Prove2Me, CondatPD.FB.lemma_4_4 (inexact forward–backward with a cocoercive operator) and CondatPD.FB.theorem_3_1 (Condat's primal–dual method) concern related algorithms; CondatPD.PPA.A_maximal_monotone is an open subdifferential special case of Proposition 2.7(iii).

Difficulty

The obvious route, applying a known splitting method directly to A1+A2A_1+A_2A1​+A2​ with A2=L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)A_2=L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r)A2​=L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r), fails: A2A_2A2​ need not be maximally monotone, and its resolvent cannot be computed from that of BBB. The reformulation on K\mathcal KK avoids this, but at a cost. M+SM+SM+S is not a subdifferential, SSS is not cocoercive (it is skew, so ⟨Sx∣x⟩=0\langle Sx\mid x\rangle=0⟨Sx∣x⟩=0), and forward–backward theory does not apply; one needs the forward–backward–forward method with Lipschitz, merely monotone SSS. Proving that method's convergence with errors requires quasi-Fejér analysis in a possibly infinite-dimensional space, where bounded sequences only have weakly convergent subsequences and the limit must be identified through the maximal monotonicity of M+SM+SM+S, whose graph is sequentially closed in the weak–strong topology. The strong convergence clauses (iii)–(iv) need a further estimate, since uniform monotonicity of AAA at xˉ\bar xxˉ does not by itself control the coupled iterate.

Formalization scope

  • Hilbert spaces are [NormedAddCommGroup E] [InnerProductSpace ℝ E] [CompleteSpace E]; set-valued operators are maps E → Set E. Monotonicity, maximal monotonicity (no proper monotone extension of the graph), zer, the resolvent predicate IsResolvent, weak convergence WeakTendsto (⟨un,y⟩→⟨u,y⟩\langle u_n,y\rangle\to\langle u,y\rangle⟨un​,y⟩→⟨u,y⟩ for all yyy), opInv and opAdd are imported from published platform definitions.
  • K=H⊕G\mathcal K=\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal GK=H⊕G is WithLp 2 (H × G), whose inner product is ⟨x∣x′⟩+⟨v∣v′⟩\langle x\mid x'\rangle+\langle v\mid v'\rangle⟨x∣x′⟩+⟨v∣v′⟩; the plain product would carry the sup norm.
  • Resolvents are given maps with the resolvent property, one per iteration since γn\gamma_nγn​ varies: JA n satisfies γn−1(w−JnAw)∈A(JnAw)\gamma_n^{-1}(w-J^A_nw)\in A(J^A_nw)γn−1​(w−JnA​w)∈A(JnA​w) for all www, and likewise for B−1B^{-1}B−1. For maximally monotone operators and γn>0\gamma_n>0γn​>0 such maps exist (Minty's theorem) and are unique, so quantifying over them is the paper's statement. Proposition 2.7(iv) is stated as "the product map is a resolvent of γM\gamma MγM", which is the equality by uniqueness.
  • "Absolutely summable" is Summable (fun n => ‖a n‖); indices start at 000; ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥ is the operator norm and L≠0L\ne0L=0 is kept, so the step-size window is nonempty.
  • "S∈B(K)S\in\mathcal B(\mathcal K)S∈B(K)" is the existence of a continuous linear operator equal to SSS pointwise, whose adjoint is its negative and whose norm is ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥.
  • "Uniformly monotone at xxx" (Lemma 2.4(i)) uses a nondecreasing ϕ:[0,∞[→[0,+∞]\phi:[0,\infty[\to[0,+\infty]ϕ:[0,∞[→[0,+∞] vanishing only at 000, compared in EReal, against every point of the graph. It is neither strong monotonicity nor uniform monotonicity on a set.
  • Lemma 2.1 is not restated: the mission references the proved platform theorem GradErrors.Deterministic.lemma_1, of which it is a special case.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The resolvents are constrained by their defining property (an unconstrained map would make the goal false), the existence hypothesis is the paper's only one (z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), not a dual solution or a zero of M+SM+SM+S), and the hypotheses are satisfiable (H=G=R\mathcal H=\mathcal G=\mathbb RH=G=R, A=B=0A=B=0A=B=0, L=IdL=\mathrm{Id}L=Id is a checked instance).

The mission needs Minty-type facts (existence of resolvents), demiclosedness of maximally monotone graphs, sums of a maximally monotone and a Lipschitz monotone operator, and quasi-Fejér/Opial arguments in Hilbert space. None of these is in Mathlib in this form, and all are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions toward any of the milestones, or toward this general infrastructure, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. M. Briceño-Arias, P. L. Combettes, A monotone+skew splitting model for composite monotone inclusions in duality, arXiv:1011.5517v1 (2010); SIAM J. Optim. 21 (2011) 1230–1250. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.5517v1 , https://doi.org/10.1137/10081602X
  • P. Tseng, A modified forward-backward splitting method for maximal monotone mappings, SIAM J. Control Optim. 38 (2000) 431–446. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012998338806
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-9467-7
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient convergence in gradient methods with errors, SIAM J. Optim. 10 (2000) 627–642. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497331063
  • P. L. Combettes, J.-C. Pesquet, Primal-dual splitting algorithm for solving inclusions with mixtures of composite, Lipschitzian, and parallel-sum type monotone operators, Set-Valued Var. Anal. 20 (2012) 307–330. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-011-0191-y
  • B. C. Vũ, A splitting algorithm for dual monotone inclusions involving cocoercive operators, Adv. Comput. Math. 38 (2013) 667–681. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10444-011-9254-8
  • L. Condat, A primal–dual splitting method for convex optimization involving Lipschitzian, proximable and linear composite terms, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 158 (2013) 460–479. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-012-0245-9
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Semidefinite-Quadratic-Linear Programs Using SDPT3: The HKM and NT Search Directions of Second-Order Cone Programming Are Invariant Under Automorphic ScalingResearch Paper

Motivation

Second-order cone programming (SOCP) minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a product of Lorentz cones. It contains convex quadratically constrained programs, robust linear programs with ellipsoidal uncertainty, and many norm-minimization problems, and it is solved in practice by primal–dual interior-point methods. At each iteration such a method computes a search direction from a linearized, symmetrized form of the complementarity conditions; the symmetrization depends on a scaling matrix GGG, and different choices of GGG give different directions. The two directions used in practice are the HKM direction (Helmberg–Rendl–Vanderbei–Wolkowicz, Kojima–Shindoh–Hara, Monteiro) and the NT direction (Nesterov–Todd).

A desirable property of a search direction is scale invariance: if the problem is transformed by an automorphism of the cone, the direction computed for the transformed problem is the image of the original direction. A scale-invariant method behaves identically on all problems related by such a change of coordinates, so its behaviour does not depend on an arbitrary choice of coordinates within each cone.

Timeline. Tsuchiya (1999, Optim. Methods Softw. 11 & 12, pp. 141–182; reference [27] of the paper) proved that the HKM and NT directions for SOCP are scale invariant, with a two-page argument for each. Tütüncü, Toh and Todd (2003), in the paper that describes the solver SDPT3 version 3.0, derived closed forms for the blocks (Ei)−1Fi(\mathcal E_i)^{-1}\mathcal F_i(Ei​)−1Fi​ of the Schur complement matrix ((23) for HKM, (29) for NT) and used them to give a short proof of Tsuchiya's result (their Proposition 1).

Setting

There are nqn_qnq​ second-order cone blocks. Block iii has dimension qi≥1q_i \ge 1qi​≥1, and a vector xi∈Rqix_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i}xi​∈Rqi​ is split into its first coordinate xi0x_i^0xi0​ and the rest xi1x_i^1xi1​. The cone is Kqqi={x:x0≥∥x1∥2}K_q^{q_i} = \{x : x^0 \ge \|x^1\|_2\}Kqqi​​={x:x0≥∥x1∥2​}, and with Jˉ=diag⁡(1,−I)\bar J = \operatorname{diag}(1, -I)Jˉ=diag(1,−I) and J=−JˉJ = -\bar JJ=−Jˉ, the function γ(x)=(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩=x⊤Jˉx\gamma(x) = \sqrt{(x^0)^2 - \langle x^1, x^1 \rangle} = \sqrt{x^\top \bar J x}γ(x)=(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩​=x⊤Jˉx​ is defined on the cone.

The data are matrices Ai∈Rqi×mA_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i \times m}Ai​∈Rqi​×m, a vector b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm and vectors ci∈Rqic_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i}ci​∈Rqi​. The primal problem minimizes ∑i⟨ci,xi⟩\sum_i \langle c_i, x_i \rangle∑i​⟨ci​,xi​⟩ subject to ∑iAi⊤xi=b\sum_i A_i^\top x_i = b∑i​Ai⊤​xi​=b and xi∈Kqqix_i \in K_q^{q_i}xi​∈Kqqi​​; the dual maximizes b⊤yb^\top yb⊤y subject to Aiy+zi=ciA_i y + z_i = c_iAi​y+zi​=ci​ and zi∈Kqqiz_i \in K_q^{q_i}zi​∈Kqqi​​.

The arrow matrix of vvv is Arw⁡(v)=(v0(v1)⊤v1v0I)\operatorname{Arw}(v) = \begin{pmatrix} v^0 & (v^1)^\top \\ v^1 & v^0 I \end{pmatrix}Arw(v)=(v0v1​(v1)⊤v0I​). Given an interior iterate (x,y,z)(x, y, z)(x,y,z) and a scaling block GiG_iGi​, set

Ei=Arw⁡(Gi−1zi) Gi,Fi=Arw⁡(Gixi) Gi−1,TGi(xi,zi)=Arw⁡(Gixi)(Gi−1zi).\mathcal E_i = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i^{-1} z_i)\, G_i, \qquad \mathcal F_i = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i x_i)\, G_i^{-1}, \qquad T_{G_i}(x_i, z_i) = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i x_i)(G_i^{-1} z_i).Ei​=Arw(Gi−1​zi​)Gi​,Fi​=Arw(Gi​xi​)Gi−1​,TGi​​(xi​,zi​)=Arw(Gi​xi​)(Gi−1​zi​).

With μ=⟨x,z⟩/nq\mu = \langle x, z \rangle / n_qμ=⟨x,z⟩/nq​ and a centering parameter σ\sigmaσ, a search direction (Δx,Δy,Δz)(\Delta x, \Delta y, \Delta z)(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system

AiΔy+Δzi=ci−zi−Aiy,∑iAi⊤Δxi=b−∑iAi⊤xi,EiΔxi+FiΔzi=σμ e1−TGi(xi,zi).A_i \Delta y + \Delta z_i = c_i - z_i - A_i y, \qquad \sum_i A_i^\top \Delta x_i = b - \sum_i A_i^\top x_i, \qquad \mathcal E_i \Delta x_i + \mathcal F_i \Delta z_i = \sigma\mu\, e_1 - T_{G_i}(x_i, z_i).Ai​Δy+Δzi​=ci​−zi​−Ai​y,i∑​Ai⊤​Δxi​=b−i∑​Ai⊤​xi​,Ei​Δxi​+Fi​Δzi​=σμe1​−TGi​​(xi​,zi​).

The HKM direction takes GiG_iGi​ from the explicit formula (19) in ziz_izi​; the NT direction takes GiG_iGi​ from (20)–(21) in xix_ixi​ and ziz_izi​.

The automorphism group Gi\mathcal G_iGi​ of KqqiK_q^{q_i}Kqqi​​ consists of the invertible linear maps FFF with FKqqi=KqqiF K_q^{q_i} = K_q^{q_i}FKqqi​​=Kqqi​​; these are exactly the matrices with F⊤JˉF=λ2JˉF^\top \bar J F = \lambda^2 \bar JF⊤JˉF=λ2Jˉ for some λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and F00>0F_{00} > 0F00​>0. Scaling by F=diag⁡(F1,…,Fnq)F = \operatorname{diag}(F_1, \dots, F_{n_q})F=diag(F1​,…,Fnq​​) sends the data and iterate to A^i=Fi−1Ai\hat A_i = F_i^{-1} A_iA^i​=Fi−1​Ai​, b^=b\hat b = bb^=b, c^i=Fi−1ci\hat c_i = F_i^{-1} c_ic^i​=Fi−1​ci​, x^i=Fi⊤xi\hat x_i = F_i^\top x_ix^i​=Fi⊤​xi​, y^=y\hat y = yy^​=y, z^i=Fi−1zi\hat z_i = F_i^{-1} z_iz^i​=Fi−1​zi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 11)

For either direction (HKM or NT), every interior iterate, every σ\sigmaσ, and every choice of Fi∈GiF_i \in \mathcal G_iFi​∈Gi​,

(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system for (A,b,c;x,y,z)  ⟺  (F⊤Δx, Δy, F−1Δz) solves it for (A^,b^,c^;x^,y^,z^).(\Delta x, \Delta y, \Delta z) \text{ solves the Newton system for } (A, b, c; x, y, z) \iff (F^\top \Delta x,\ \Delta y,\ F^{-1} \Delta z) \text{ solves it for } (\hat A, \hat b, \hat c; \hat x, \hat y, \hat z).(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system for (A,b,c;x,y,z)⟺(F⊤Δx, Δy, F−1Δz) solves it for (A^,b^,c^;x^,y^​,z^).

Milestones

In attack order: the identities (31) for FFF with F⊤JˉF=JˉF^\top \bar J F = \bar JF⊤JˉF=Jˉ; the Schur complement reduction (10)–(15); Arw⁡(Gi−1zi)=I\operatorname{Arw}(G_i^{-1} z_i) = IArw(Gi−1​zi​)=I for HKM; the HKM closed forms (23) and (24)–(25); the right-hand-side formula (28) for both directions; the HKM invariance step of the proof; the NT identities Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​ and (29); the NT block formula (30); and the NT invariance step of the proof.

Significance

The proposition shows that SDPT3's two second-order-cone directions do not depend on how each cone is coordinatized. The closed forms (23), (24), (29) and (30) are what SDPT3 uses to assemble the Schur complement matrix: they show that each block is a diagonal matrix plus a low-rank term, which is the basis for its sparse and Sherman–Morrison–Woodbury handling of large cones.

The result is proved twice in the literature (Tsuchiya 1999 and this paper). As far as is known, neither proof has been machine-checked, and no formal library contains the HKM or NT scalings, the arrow matrix of the Jordan algebra of the Lorentz cone, or its automorphism group. This mission produces those definitions and a checked proof. The printed proof assumes Fi⊤JˉFi=JˉF_i^\top \bar J F_i = \bar JFi⊤​JˉFi​=Jˉ, that is λ=1\lambda = 1λ=1; the goal covers the whole group Gi\mathcal G_iGi​, so a complete formalization also closes the case λ≠1\lambda \ne 1λ=1, where (31) and the remark that ωi\omega_iωi​ is unchanged no longer hold as printed.

Difficulty

Every step is linear algebra, but none is a one-line rewrite. The inverse of Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ appears everywhere, so one first needs invertibility of GiG_iGi​ and Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ for interior iterates, and the HKM and NT scalings must be shown to satisfy Gie1=ziG_i e_1 = z_iGi​e1​=zi​ and Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​ respectively, which are identities involving γ\gammaγ, square roots and the denominators γ(z)+z0\gamma(z) + z^0γ(z)+z0 and 1+t01 + t^01+t0. Transporting the Newton system directly through FFF fails: Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ and Fi\mathcal F_iFi​ are built from GiG_iGi​, which is not equivariant in an obvious way, and the HKM scaling at z^i\hat z_iz^i​ is not Fi−1GiF_i^{-1} G_iFi−1​Gi​. For λ≠1\lambda \ne 1λ=1, the quantities γ\gammaγ, ω\omegaω and ttt scale by powers of λ\lambdaλ, and these factors must be tracked until they cancel.

Formalization scope

A block of dimension qiq_iqi​ is Fin (d i + 1) → ℝ, so qi=di+1≥1q_i = d_i + 1 \ge 1qi​=di​+1≥1; xi0x_i^0xi0​ is index 0 and xi1x_i^1xi1​ the indices Fin.succ j. Mathlib's norm on this type is the sup norm, so every Euclidean quantity is written through Jˉ\bar JJˉ. Interior points are encoded by x0>0x^0 > 0x0>0 and (x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩>0(x^0)^2 - \langle x^1, x^1 \rangle > 0(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩>0. Matrix inverses are Matrix.inv, which is 000 on singular input; the milestones that invert a matrix state its invertibility.

Standing assumptions: the problem is a pure SOCP (ns=nl=0n_s = n_l = 0ns​=nl​=0); the iterate is interior; μ=⟨x,z⟩/nq\mu = \langle x, z \rangle / n_qμ=⟨x,z⟩/nq​. The paper's assumption that AAA has full row rank is dropped, because the goal is stated for solution sets of the Newton system and needs no uniqueness. Gi\mathcal G_iGi​ is encoded algebraically (positive multiples of orthochronous Lorentz transformations) rather than as {F:FK=K}\{F : F K = K\}{F:FK=K}, so that the goal does not require the classification of cone automorphisms. The goal assumes nothing about the scaled iterate; its interiority is a consequence.

The Newton system is defined by its raw rows with Ei\mathcal E_iEi​, Fi\mathcal F_iFi​ from (8) and GiG_iGi​ from (19)/(21). A formalization that defined the direction through the closed forms (23)/(29), or defined GiG_iGi​ implicitly by Gie1=ziG_i e_1 = z_iGi​e1​=zi​ or Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​, would make the goal nearly definitional and is ruled out.

Reusable infrastructure: the arrow matrix and γ\gammaγ of the Lorentz cone, the HKM and NT scalings, and the algebra of Lorentz transformations. Contributions toward any milestone, and alternative proofs of the goal that bypass the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. H. Tütüncü, K. C. Toh, M. J. Todd, Solving semidefinite-quadratic-linear programs using SDPT3, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 189–217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0347-5
  • T. Tsuchiya, A convergence analysis of the scaling-invariant primal-dual path-following algorithms for second-order cone programming, Optimization Methods and Software 11 & 12 (1999) 141–182 (reference [27] of the SDPT3 paper; no stable link recorded).
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods in convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22 (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization IV: The Nesterov–Todd Scaling of a Quadratic or Rotated Quadratic Cone Is W = −Q + (e₁ + w)(e₁ + w)ᵀ/(1 + w₁)Research Paper

Why the Nesterov–Todd scaling of a second-order cone matters

Conic quadratic (second-order cone) programs are solved in practice by primal-dual interior-point methods. Each iteration solves a Newton system for the central-path equations, and for non-polyhedral cones that system is only guaranteed to be well posed after the problem is scaled: the primal point xxx and the dual slack sss are transformed by a matrix ΘW\Theta WΘW chosen from the current iterate. Among the scalings analysed by Monteiro and Tsuchiya (2000), the best complexity bounds are obtained with the Nesterov–Todd (NT) scaling of Nesterov and Todd (1997), which maps xxx and sss to the same point.

Andersen, Roos and Terlaky (2003) describe the conic quadratic interior-point solver of MOSEK. Their Lemma 4.2 gives the NT scaling in closed form for each of the three cone types they use. It is what makes the NT direction cheap: each cone block of WWW is determined by one vector www, and WWW, W2W^2W2 and their inverses can be applied in time linear in the dimension. For the quadratic cone the formula goes back to Tsuchiya (1999); the paper re-derives it and extends it to the rotated quadratic cone.

Setting

Fix one cone block of dimension ddd. Coordinates are x=(x1,…,xd)x = (x_1,\dots,x_d)x=(x1​,…,xd​), xk:dx_{k:d}xk:d​ denotes the subvector of coordinates k,…,dk,\dots,dk,…,d, and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. The block is one of

  • the positive half-line R+\mathbb R_+R+​ (d=1d=1d=1), with T=Q=1T = Q = 1T=Q=1;
  • the quadratic cone Kq={x:x1≥∥x2:d∥}K^q = \{x : x_1 \ge \|x_{2:d}\|\}Kq={x:x1​≥∥x2:d​∥} (d≥1d\ge1d≥1), with T=IT = IT=I and Q=diag⁡(1,−1,…,−1)Q = \operatorname{diag}(1,-1,\dots,-1)Q=diag(1,−1,…,−1);
  • the rotated quadratic cone Kr={x:2x1x2≥∥x3:d∥2, x1,x2≥0}K^r = \{x : 2x_1x_2 \ge \|x_{3:d}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:d​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0} (d≥2d\ge2d≥2), with TTT the identity except for the leading block 12[111−1]\tfrac1{\sqrt2}\begin{bmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}2​1​[11​1−1​], and QQQ the matrix with Q12=Q21=1Q_{12} = Q_{21} = 1Q12​=Q21​=1, Qjj=−1Q_{jj} = -1Qjj​=−1 for j≥3j\ge3j≥3, and zeros elsewhere.

A scaling matrix (Definition 3.3) is a symmetric positive definite WWW with WQW=QWQW = QWQW=Q. For θ>0\theta>0θ>0 the scaled points are xˉ=θWx\bar x = \theta W xxˉ=θWx and sˉ=(θW)−1s\bar s = (\theta W)^{-1}ssˉ=(θW)−1s. The pair (θ,W)(\theta, W)(θ,W) is an NT scaling of (x,s)(x, s)(x,s) when xˉ=sˉ\bar x = \bar sxˉ=sˉ, equation (28); equivalently s=θ2W2xs = \theta^2W^2xs=θ2W2x, equation (29).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.2 (p. 15)

For x,sx, sx,s in the interior of the cone:

  1. every NT scaling satisfies
θ2=sTQsxTQx;(30)\theta^2 = \sqrt{\frac{s^TQs}{x^TQx}};\qquad(30)θ2=xTQxsTQs​​;(30)
  1. with this θ\thetaθ and
w=θ−1s+θQx2xTs+xTQx sTQs,(32)w = \frac{\theta^{-1}s + \theta Qx}{\sqrt2\sqrt{x^Ts + \sqrt{x^TQx\,s^TQs}}},\qquad(32)w=2​xTs+xTQxsTQs​​θ−1s+θQx​,(32)

the following matrices WWW make (θ,W)(\theta, W)(θ,W) an NT scaling: W=θ−1(X−1S)1/2W = \theta^{-1}(X^{-1}S)^{1/2}W=θ−1(X−1S)1/2 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​;

W=[w1w2:dTw2:dI+w2:dw2:dT1+w1]=−Q+(e1+w)(e1+w)T1+e1Tw(31)W = \begin{bmatrix} w_1 & w_{2:d}^T\\ w_{2:d} & I + \frac{w_{2:d}w_{2:d}^T}{1+w_1}\end{bmatrix} = -Q + \frac{(e_1+w)(e_1+w)^T}{1+e_1^Tw}\qquad(31)W=[w1​w2:d​​w2:dT​I+1+w1​w2:d​w2:dT​​​]=−Q+1+e1T​w(e1​+w)(e1​+w)T​(31)

for KqK^qKq; and

W=−Q+(Te1+w)(Te1+w)T1+e1TTw(34)W = -Q + \frac{(Te_1+w)(Te_1+w)^T}{1+e_1^TTw}\qquad(34)W=−Q+1+e1T​Tw(Te1​+w)(Te1​+w)T​(34)

for KrK^rKr. In the last two cases W2=−Q+2wwTW^2 = -Q + 2ww^TW2=−Q+2wwT, equations (33) and (35).

Milestones

Lemma 3.3 i)–iii) (scaling preserves xTsx^TsxTs and rescales xTQxx^TQxxTQx, sTQss^TQssTQs by θ±2\theta^{\pm2}θ±2); (30) on its own; the normalization w12−∥w2:d∥2=1w_1^2 - \|w_{2:d}\|^2 = 1w12​−∥w2:d​∥2=1 and the square (62) of the arrow form (31); positivity of the radicand of (32); the identity 2θ2(wTx)2=xTs+xTQx sTQs2\theta^2(w^Tx)^2 = x^Ts + \sqrt{x^TQx\,s^TQs}2θ2(wTx)2=xTs+xTQxsTQs​ and the formula (32); for the rotated cone, the transport (63) by TTT, the identities θ^=θ\hat\theta = \thetaθ^=θ and w^=Tw\hat w = Tww^=Tw, and TWT=W^TWT = \hat WTWT=W^. Two companions: Lemma 4.3, (θW)−2=θ−2QW2Q(\theta W)^{-2} = \theta^{-2}QW^2Q(θW)−2=θ−2QW2Q, and Lemma 3.3 iv), that a scaling maps the cone and its interior onto themselves.

Significance

The result. Lemma 4.2 turns the NT scaling, defined implicitly by (28), into explicit data: one scalar θ\thetaθ and one vector www per cone. Combined with Lemma 4.3 it shows that every product with WWW, W2W^2W2 or their inverses in the scaled Newton system (27) is a rank-one correction of a signature matrix, which is what the paper's implementation relies on. The rotated-cone formula (34) is the paper's own addition and is what lets rotated cones be handled natively instead of through a change of variables.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version is known to exist, and the platform has no formalization of second-order-cone scalings. The work is the matrix algebra of the Lorentz group — the signature matrix QQQ, the matrices with WQW=QWQW = QWQW=Q, and their action on KqK^qKq and KrK^rKr — which is reusable for every second-order-cone algorithm.

Difficulty

Most of the items are finite-dimensional identities, but they are identities between block matrices of arbitrary size with entries that are nested square roots, and they hold only on the interior of the cone, where the radicands are positive. The derivation in the paper runs backwards: it assumes WWW has the shape (31) and solves for www, taking a square root without fixing its sign. The goal asks for the forward direction — that the displayed θ\thetaθ, www, WWW do satisfy (28) and W≻0W\succ0W≻0 — which needs the normalization wTQw=1w^TQw = 1wTQw=1, positive definiteness of −Q+(e1+w)(e1+w)T/(1+w1)-Q + (e_1+w)(e_1+w)^T/(1+w_1)−Q+(e1​+w)(e1​+w)T/(1+w1​), and, for the rotated cone, the reduction to the quadratic cone through TTT with TT=ITT = ITT=I and TQrT=QqTQ^rT = Q^qTQrT=Qq.

Formalization scope

  • Per block. Every statement is made for one cone block. Θ\ThetaΘ and WWW are block diagonal (pp. 11–12), so this is the paper's statement block by block. The cone type is the parameter kind : ConeKind, and vectors are Fin d → ℝ.
  • Index base and norms. The paper's x1x_1x1​ is coordinate 0. ∥x2:d∥2\|x_{2:d}\|^2∥x2:d​∥2 is written as a sum of squares (tailSq x 1); Mathlib's norm on Fin d → ℝ, which is the sup norm, is never used.
  • Interiors. The interiors are given by strict inequalities. The paper never defines int⁡(K)\operatorname{int}(K)int(K) concretely; these coincide with the topological interiors.
  • Added hypotheses. All are disclosed in the items:
    • the dimension conventions (d=1d=1d=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​, d≥1d\ge1d≥1 for KqK^qKq, d≥2d\ge2d≥2 for KrK^rKr), which the paper leaves implicit;
    • θ>0\theta>0θ>0 in Definition 3.3, which the paper calls positive definite on p. 24;
    • 1+w1>01+w_1>01+w1​>0 wherever the page divides by 1+w11+w_11+w1​;
    • wTx>0w^Tx>0wTx>0 for the last step of the derivation of (32), where the page silently fixes this sign.
  • Inverses. The matrix inverse is Mathlib's total inverse. The NT predicate always contains W≻0W\succ0W≻0, so (28) never reads the junk value of a singular inverse.
  • Reading of Lemma 4.2. The lemma names θ\thetaθ and WWW without quantifying them. The goal states (30) for every NT scaling and asserts that the displayed formulas are an NT scaling. It does not claim that the NT scaling is unique, which the paper does not prove.
  • Ruling out a trivial formalization. Stating only (30) would allow a version that holds vacuously if no NT scaling existed. Part 2 of the goal is what excludes this, and a sanity check exhibits θ=1\theta = 1θ=1, W=IW = IW=I at x=s=e1x = s = e_1x=s=e1​ in KqK^qKq for d=2d=2d=2.

A complete development needs:

  • the cone definitions and the matrices TTT, QQQ;
  • Mathlib's Matrix.PosDef and Matrix.inv;
  • elementary real square-root algebra.

Lemmas about {W:W≻0, WQW=Q}\{W : W\succ0,\ WQW = Q\}{W:W≻0, WQW=Q} (closure under products and inverses, invariance of KqK^qKq) are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for positive definiteness of (31).

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277; authors' preprint of 18 Dec 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • Yu. E. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1) (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • R. D. C. Monteiro, T. Tsuchiya, Polynomial convergence of primal-dual algorithms for the second-order cone program based on the MZ-family of directions, Mathematical Programming 88(1) (2000) 61–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011378
  • T. Tsuchiya, A convergence analysis of the scaling-invariant primal-dual path-following algorithms for second-order cone programming, Optimization Methods and Software 11–12 (1999) 141–182. https://doi.org/10.1080/10556789908805750
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization III: A Newton Step Scales the Homogeneous Residuals and the Complementarity Gap by 1 − α(1 − γ)Research Paper

Motivation

Conic quadratic optimization — linear optimization over products of quadratic (second-order, Lorentz) cones — covers robust linear programming, portfolio problems with risk constraints, norm minimization and many engineering design problems. Andersen, Roos and Terlaky describe the primal-dual interior-point method implemented in the MOSEK optimizer for this problem class (Math. Program. 95 (2003)). Their algorithm does not solve the primal and dual problems directly. It solves the homogeneous model, an embedding that has a solution whether or not the original problem is feasible, and from which either an optimal pair or a certificate of infeasibility is read off.

The convergence argument of such a method rests on one algebraic property of its search direction: a step along the Newton direction reduces the infeasibility of the homogeneous model and its complementarity gap at the same rate. For linear programming this is classical (Xu, Hung and Ye, 1996; Andersen and Andersen, 2000). This mission formalizes the conic quadratic version, Lemma 4.1 of the paper, in which the diagonal complementarity products of linear programming are replaced by arrow-head matrices.

Setting

The cone is a product K=K1×⋯×KkK = K^1\times\cdots\times K^kK=K1×⋯×Kk. Each factor Ki⊆RniK^i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n^i}Ki⊆Rni is one of three kinds:

  • the half-line R+={x∈R:x≥0}\mathbb R_+ = \{x\in\mathbb R : x\ge0\}R+​={x∈R:x≥0}, with ni=1n^i = 1ni=1;
  • the quadratic cone Kq={x∈Rn:x12≥∥x2:n∥2, x1≥0}K^q = \{x\in\mathbb R^{n} : x_1^2\ge\|x_{2:n}\|^2,\ x_1\ge0\}Kq={x∈Rn:x12​≥∥x2:n​∥2, x1​≥0}, with ni≥1n^i\ge1ni≥1;
  • the rotated quadratic cone Kr={x∈Rn:2x1x2≥∥x3:n∥2, x1,x2≥0}K^r = \{x\in\mathbb R^{n} : 2x_1x_2\ge\|x_{3:n}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x∈Rn:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:n​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0}, with ni≥2n^i\ge2ni≥2.

Vectors are partitioned by cones, x=(x1;… ;xk)x = (x^1;\dots;x^k)x=(x1;…;xk), and xTs=∑i(xi)Tsix^Ts = \sum_i (x^i)^Ts^ixTs=∑i​(xi)Tsi. To each cone is attached a symmetric orthogonal matrix TiT^iTi: the identity for R+\mathbb R_+R+​ and KqK^qKq, and for KrK^rKr the identity with its leading 2×22\times22×2 block replaced by 12[111−1]\frac{1}{\sqrt2}\begin{bmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}2​1​[11​1−1​]. For v∈Rdv\in\mathbb R^dv∈Rd the arrow-head matrix is

mat⁡(v)=[v1v2:dTv2:dv1I].\operatorname{mat}(v) = \begin{bmatrix} v_1 & v_{2:d}^T\\ v_{2:d} & v_1 I\end{bmatrix}.mat(v)=[v1​v2:d​​v2:dT​v1​I​].

At a point (x,s)(x,s)(x,s) put Xi=mat⁡(Tixi)X^i = \operatorname{mat}(T^ix^i)Xi=mat(Tixi), Si=mat⁡(Tisi)S^i = \operatorname{mat}(T^is^i)Si=mat(Tisi), and let XXX, SSS, TTT be block diagonal with blocks XiX^iXi, SiS^iSi, TiT^iTi. Let eie^iei be the first unit vector of Rni\mathbb R^{n^i}Rni and e=(e1;… ;ek)e = (e^1;\dots;e^k)e=(e1;…;ek).

The data are A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn. A current point is (x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))(x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)})(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0)), with

μ(0)=(x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)k+1.\mu^{(0)} = \frac{(x^{(0)})^Ts^{(0)} + \tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)}}{k+1}.μ(0)=k+1(x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)​.

For a centering parameter γ∈[0,1]\gamma\in[0,1]γ∈[0,1] the Newton direction (dx,dτ,dy,ds,dκ)(d_x,d_\tau,d_y,d_s,d_\kappa)(dx​,dτ​,dy​,ds​,dκ​) solves the linear system (22):

Adx−bdτ=(γ−1)(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),ATdy+ds−cdτ=(γ−1)(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),−cTdx+bTdy−dκ=(γ−1)(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),X(0)Tds+S(0)Tdx=−X(0)S(0)e+γμ(0)e,τ(0)dκ+κ(0)dτ=−τ(0)κ(0)+γμ(0).\begin{aligned} A d_x - b d_\tau &= (\gamma-1)(Ax^{(0)} - b\tau^{(0)}),\\ A^Td_y + d_s - c d_\tau &= (\gamma-1)(A^Ty^{(0)} + s^{(0)} - c\tau^{(0)}),\\ -c^Td_x + b^Td_y - d_\kappa &= (\gamma-1)(-c^Tx^{(0)} + b^Ty^{(0)} - \kappa^{(0)}),\\ X^{(0)}Td_s + S^{(0)}Td_x &= -X^{(0)}S^{(0)}e + \gamma\mu^{(0)}e,\\ \tau^{(0)}d_\kappa + \kappa^{(0)}d_\tau &= -\tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)} + \gamma\mu^{(0)}. \end{aligned}Adx​−bdτ​ATdy​+ds​−cdτ​−cTdx​+bTdy​−dκ​X(0)Tds​+S(0)Tdx​τ(0)dκ​+κ(0)dτ​​=(γ−1)(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),=(γ−1)(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),=(γ−1)(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),=−X(0)S(0)e+γμ(0)e,=−τ(0)κ(0)+γμ(0).​

The new point is (x(1),τ(1),y(1),s(1),κ(1))=(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+α(dx,dτ,dy,ds,dκ)(x^{(1)},\tau^{(1)},y^{(1)},s^{(1)},\kappa^{(1)}) = (x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)}) + \alpha(d_x,d_\tau,d_y,d_s,d_\kappa)(x(1),τ(1),y(1),s(1),κ(1))=(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+α(dx​,dτ​,dy​,ds​,dκ​) for a step size α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] (23).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.1 (p. 13)

Under (22) and (23),

Ax(1)−bτ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),ATy(1)+s(1)−cτ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),−cTx(1)+bTy(1)−κ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),dxTds+dτdκ=0,(x(1))Ts(1)+τ(1)κ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))((x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)).\begin{aligned} Ax^{(1)} - b\tau^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(Ax^{(0)} - b\tau^{(0)}),\\ A^Ty^{(1)} + s^{(1)} - c\tau^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(A^Ty^{(0)} + s^{(0)} - c\tau^{(0)}),\\ -c^Tx^{(1)} + b^Ty^{(1)} - \kappa^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(-c^Tx^{(0)} + b^Ty^{(0)} - \kappa^{(0)}),\\ d_x^Td_s + d_\tau d_\kappa &= 0,\\ (x^{(1)})^Ts^{(1)} + \tau^{(1)}\kappa^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))\big((x^{(0)})^Ts^{(0)} + \tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)}\big). \end{aligned}Ax(1)−bτ(1)ATy(1)+s(1)−cτ(1)−cTx(1)+bTy(1)−κ(1)dxT​ds​+dτ​dκ​(x(1))Ts(1)+τ(1)κ(1)​=(1−α(1−γ))(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),=(1−α(1−γ))(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),=(1−α(1−γ))(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),=0,=(1−α(1−γ))((x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)).​

Milestones

  1. (25), p. 13: with η=1−γ\eta = 1-\gammaη=1−γ, the shifted point η(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+d\eta(x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)}) + dη(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+d satisfies the three linear equations of the homogeneous model.
  2. (26), p. 13: 0=(ηx(0)+dx)T(ηs(0)+ds)+(ητ(0)+dτ)(ηκ(0)+dκ)0 = (\eta x^{(0)}+d_x)^T(\eta s^{(0)}+d_s) + (\eta\tau^{(0)}+d_\tau)(\eta\kappa^{(0)}+d_\kappa)0=(ηx(0)+dx​)T(ηs(0)+ds​)+(ητ(0)+dτ​)(ηκ(0)+dκ​), and its expansion in powers of η\etaη.
  3. (61), p. 36: eTXSe=∑i(Tixi)TTisi=xTse^TXSe = \sum_i (T^ix^i)^TT^is^i = x^TseTXSe=∑i​(Tixi)TTisi=xTs for all xxx, sss.
  4. p. 14, first equality: (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx=eT(X(0)Tds+S(0)Tdx)(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x = e^T(X^{(0)}Td_s + S^{(0)}Td_x)(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​=eT(X(0)Tds​+S(0)Tdx​), for all vectors.
  5. p. 14, the chain's value: (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx+τ(0)dκ+κ(0)dτ=(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1)(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x + \tau^{(0)}d_\kappa + \kappa^{(0)}d_\tau = (\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}(k+1)(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​+τ(0)dκ​+κ(0)dτ​=(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1).
  6. p. 14, orthogonality: dxTds+dτdκ=0d_x^Td_s + d_\tau d_\kappa = 0dxT​ds​+dτ​dκ​=0.

Significance

Lemma 4.1 is what makes the homogeneous algorithm analyzable. Because the three residuals and the gap shrink by the same factor 1−α(1−γ)1-\alpha(1-\gamma)1−α(1−γ), their ratios are invariant along the iterates, and a step with γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 and α>0\alpha>0α>0 makes measurable progress toward a solution of the homogeneous model. The paper notes (p. 14) that all properties stated in Lemma 4.1 hold for the Nesterov–Todd-scaled direction (27) as well, the direction actually implemented, for which polynomial complexity is shown by Monteiro and Tsuchiya (2000).

The result is proved on the page; it is not open. As far as the platform's catalogue shows, it has not been formalized. Machine-checked versions exist only for linear-programming analogues, with diagonal complementarity products in place of arrow-head matrices. The formalization adds two things. First, it fixes three printed slips: the third line of (22) prints κ\kappaκ for κ(0)\kappa^{(0)}κ(0); the fourth identity of (24) prints dxTdsTd_x^Td_s^TdxT​dsT​; and the proof's evaluation on p. 14 ends with (γ−1)μ(0)k(\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}k(γ−1)μ(0)k where (γ−1)μ(0)(k+1)(\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}(k+1)(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1) is correct, since eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k and the τκ\tau\kappaτκ equation contributes the extra μ(0)\mu^{(0)}μ(0). Second, the arrow-head identities (61) and the p. 14 equality are reusable for missions on the complementarity conditions (Lemma 3.1) and the scaled directions of the same paper.

Difficulty

The first three identities of (24) are linear and follow from the first three lines of (22) alone. The content is in the last two. They need an inner-product identity that turns the fourth line of (22), a statement about arrow-head matrix products, into a statement about the scalar quantity (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​. The naive reading treats X(0)TdsX^{(0)}Td_sX(0)Tds​ as an abstract linear image of dsd_sds​ and loses exactly this link. What is needed is that the first row of mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v) is vTv^TvT, that mat⁡(u)mat⁡(v)e1\operatorname{mat}(u)\operatorname{mat}(v)e_1mat(u)mat(v)e1​ has first entry uTvu^TvuTv, and that every TiT^iTi is symmetric and orthogonal. The last fails for the rotated cone when ni<2n^i<2ni<2, so the dimension conventions are not decoration. The bookkeeping constant eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k must also be tracked correctly; the page itself gets it wrong.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Blocks are indexed by Fin k; block iii is Fin (n i) → ℝ, and indices are 0-based (the paper's v1v_1v1​ is v 0). AAA is given by its column blocks AiA^iAi, so Ax=∑iAixiAx = \sum_iA^ix^iAx=∑i​Aixi, (ATy)i=(Ai)Ty(A^Ty)^i = (A^i)^Ty(ATy)i=(Ai)Ty and cTx=∑i(ci)Txic^Tx = \sum_i (c^i)^Tx^icTx=∑i​(ci)Txi. The second line of (22) and of (24), and the fourth line of (22), are stated block by block; this is equivalent because XXX, SSS, TTT are block diagonal.
  • Definitions. The shared module ConicQuadIPM.Complementarity.Setting provides the cone kinds, TiT^iTi (Tmat), mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v) (arrow), eie^iei (e1) and the predicate WellFormed; this mission's ConicQuadIPM.NewtonStep.Setting adds μ(0)\mu^{(0)}μ(0) (mu0) and the system (22) (NewtonSystem). WellFormed is the paper's implicit dimension convention (ni=1n^i = 1ni=1, ≥1\ge1≥1, ≥2\ge2≥2 for the three kinds).
  • Hypotheses. Every theorem assumes WellFormed. This is a disclosed addition: the paper never states the dimensions, and without them a block of dimension 000 breaks eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k. The ranges α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] and γ∈[0,1]\gamma\in[0,1]γ∈[0,1] are kept as on the page, although the identities hold for all real values. No interiority or cone membership of the current point is assumed, because Lemma 4.1 does not use any. The κ\kappaκ of (22)'s third line is κ(0)\kappa^{(0)}κ(0).
  • No trivialization. The fourth line of (22) must stay in terms of arrow and Tmat. Replacing X(0)TdsX^{(0)}Td_sX(0)Tds​ by an abstract linear map, or by (x(0))Tds(x^{(0)})^Td_s(x(0))Tds​ directly, would turn milestone 4 into a definition and empty the goal. Milestone 5 states the corrected constant k+1k+1k+1; the printed kkk is false whenever γ≠1\gamma\ne1γ=1 and μ(0)≠0\mu^{(0)}\ne0μ(0)=0.
  • Reusable parts. The arrow-head lemmas (first row of mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v), e1Tmat⁡(u)mat⁡(v)e1=uTve_1^T\operatorname{mat}(u)\operatorname{mat}(v)e_1 = u^Tve1T​mat(u)mat(v)e1​=uTv, symmetry and orthogonality of TiT^iTi) are useful beyond this mission. Contributions of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277; cited from the authors' preprint of 18 December 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • X. Xu, P.-F. Hung, Y. Ye, A simplified homogeneous and self-dual linear programming algorithm and its implementation, Annals of Operations Research 62 (1996) 151–171. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02206815
  • E. D. Andersen, K. D. Andersen, The MOSEK interior point optimizer for linear programming: an implementation of the homogeneous algorithm, in High Performance Optimization, Kluwer (2000) 197–232. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3216-0_8
  • R. D. C. Monteiro, T. Tsuchiya, Polynomial convergence of primal-dual algorithms for the second-order cone program based on the MZ-family of directions, Mathematical Programming 88 (2000) 61–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011378
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 2: Under a Mean Set and a Known Covariance, the Bound π² Equals the Worst-Case Expected Positive PartResearch Paper

Motivation

Many operations models contain terms of the form EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+): expected shortfall or overflow of an affine function of an uncertain vector. Inventory and newsvendor costs, penalties for violated soft constraints, and the Conditional Value-at-Risk of a linear decision rule all reduce to it. In practice the distribution P\mathbb PP of the uncertainty is rarely known; what is known are a few descriptive statistics, such as a range for the mean and an estimate of the covariance. Distributionally robust optimization then replaces the expectation by its supremum over every distribution consistent with that information.

The question goes back to Scarf (1958), who solved a single-product newsvendor problem against the worst distribution with known mean μ\muμ and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2, using the fact that sup⁡E(X+)=12(μ+μ2+σ2)\sup E(X^+) = \tfrac12\big(\mu + \sqrt{\mu^2 + \sigma^2}\big)supE(X+)=21​(μ+μ2+σ2​) over such laws; Gallego and Moon (1993) simplified the argument. El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (2003) obtained conic representations of worst-case Value-at-Risk under mean and covariance information, and Delage and Ye (2010) studied stochastic programs with uncertain mean and covariance. Goh and Sim (2010) use bounds of this kind inside a general framework for linear optimization under uncertainty with recourse: after a piecewise-linear decision rule is introduced, every expectation in the reformulated problem is of the form above, and the framework needs a tractable, ideally exact, value for its worst case. Section 5.2 of the paper provides it when the information consists of a set containing the mean and the exact covariance.

Setting

A primitive uncertainty z~∈RN\tilde z \in \mathbb R^{N}z~∈RN is represented through a segregated uncertainty ζ~∈RNE\tilde\zeta \in \mathbb R^{N_E}ζ~​∈RNE​, NE≥NN_E \ge NNE​≥N, and a fixed matrix F∈RN×NEF \in \mathbb R^{N\times N_E}F∈RN×NE​ and vector g∈RNg \in \mathbb R^{N}g∈RN with z~=Fζ~+g\tilde z = F\tilde\zeta + gz~=Fζ~​+g (equation (9) of the paper). The paper notes that FFF has full row rank. Write n=NEn = N_En=NE​.

The distributional information is:

  • a set V^⊆Rn\hat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathbb R^{n}V^⊆Rn known to contain the mean ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta = E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​) (the mean is uncertain, its "support" is V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^);
  • the exact covariance Σ∈RN×N\Sigma \in \mathbb R^{N \times N}Σ∈RN×N of the primitive vector z~\tilde zz~.

The family is

F2={P: ζ^=EP(ζ~)∈V^, EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)=Σ}.\mathbb F_2 = \Big\{\mathbb P :\ \hat\zeta = E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta) \in \hat{\mathcal V},\ E_{\mathbb P}\big(F(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)'F'\big) = \Sigma\Big\}.F2​={P: ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​)∈V^, EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′)=Σ}.

For r0∈Rr^0 \in \mathbb Rr0∈R and r∈Rnr \in \mathbb R^{n}r∈Rn the worst-case expected positive part is sup⁡P∈F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)supP∈F2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+), and the bound of (22) is

π2(r0,r)=inf⁡y: F′y=r sup⁡ζ^∈V^{12(r0+r′ζ^)+12(r0+r′ζ^)2+y′Σy}.\pi^2(r^0, r) = \inf_{y:\, F'y = r}\ \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \hat{\mathcal V}} \Big\{ \tfrac12 (r^0 + r'\hat\zeta) + \tfrac12 \sqrt{(r^0 + r'\hat\zeta)^2 + y'\Sigma y} \Big\}.π2(r0,r)=y:F′y=rinf​ ζ^​∈V^sup​{21​(r0+r′ζ^​)+21​(r0+r′ζ^​)2+y′Σy​}.

Following the paper (p. 909), an infeasible minimization has value +∞+\infty+∞; all values are in [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 910)

For FFF of full row rank, Σ\SigmaΣ positive semidefinite and V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ nonempty,

sup⁡P∈F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)=π2(r0,r)for all r0,r.\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big) = \pi^2(r^0, r) \qquad \text{for all } r^0, r.P∈F2​sup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)=π2(r0,r)for all r0,r.

This is an exact identity; it contains no constants that later work could improve.

Milestones

  1. Upper-bound part of Theorem 2: sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π2(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+) \le \pi^2(r^0, r)supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π2(r0,r), with no hypotheses.
  2. Remark after Theorem 2: for Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0, f(u)=12u+12u2+y′Σyf(u) = \tfrac12 u + \tfrac12\sqrt{u^2 + y'\Sigma y}f(u)=21​u+21​u2+y′Σy​ is nondecreasing in uuu.
  3. (23): for Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0 and V^≠∅\hat{\mathcal V} \neq \emptysetV^=∅,
π2(r0,r)=inf⁡u, y{12u+12u2+y′Σy: r0+sup⁡ζ^∈V^r′ζ^≤u, F′y=r}.\pi^2(r^0, r) = \inf_{u,\, y}\Big\{\tfrac12 u + \tfrac12\sqrt{u^2 + y'\Sigma y} :\ r^0 + \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \hat{\mathcal V}} r'\hat\zeta \le u,\ F'y = r\Big\}.π2(r0,r)=u,yinf​{21​u+21​u2+y′Σy​: r0+ζ^​∈V^sup​r′ζ^​≤u, F′y=r}.
  1. Tightness part of Theorem 2: π2(r0,r)≤sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\pi^2(r^0, r) \le \sup_{\mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)π2(r0,r)≤supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+) under the goal's hypotheses.

Significance

Theorem 2 says that the deterministic problem (22) evaluates the worst case exactly, not merely bounds it. Through (23) it becomes a second-order cone program whenever V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ is conic representable, so distributionally robust constraints and objectives with mean–covariance information can be handed to an off-the-shelf conic solver without loss. In the paper, π2\pi^2π2 is one of three building blocks (with the mean–support bound π1\pi^1π1 and the directional-deviation bound π3\pi^3π3) that are combined by infimal convolution into the unified bound of Theorem 4, which in turn prices the deflected linear decision rules of §6. Specialized to N=nN = nN=n, F=IF = IF=I and a singleton mean set, it recovers Scarf's mean–variance bound.

The theorem is proved in the paper's online appendix; no machine-checked proof of it, nor of Scarf's bound in this multivariate form, is known to exist. A formalization would certify the exact value, including the cases the printed statement treats only implicitly: rrr outside the range of F′F'F′ (both sides +∞+\infty+∞), a degenerate quadratic form y′Σy=0y'\Sigma y = 0y′Σy=0, and unbounded mean sets.

Difficulty

The upper bound is a moment inequality and is the easier half. The difficulty is tightness. The supremum over F2\mathbb F_2F2​ is in general not attained, so the proof must exhibit, for every point of V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^, distributions on Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn that meet the full covariance constraint on Fζ~F\tilde\zetaFζ~​ exactly while driving the expected positive part of the single linear functional r′ζ~r'\tilde\zetar′ζ~​ to the bound. The constraint fixes N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2 second moments, not just the variance of r′ζ~r'\tilde\zetar′ζ~​, so the scalar extremal laws behind Scarf's bound do not directly give members of F2\mathbb F_2F2​. The case F′y=rF'y = rF′y=r infeasible requires showing that the worst case is +∞+\infty+∞, i.e. that F2\mathbb F_2F2​ contains distributions with arbitrarily large expectations; this is where the full-rank assumption on FFF enters.

Formalization scope

The random vector is the identity on Fin n → ℝ and a distribution is a measure P on it. The mean, the covariance matrix and the finite-second-moment condition come from the published definition MomentDRO_Conf_Setting (meanVec, covMat, HasSecondMoments). The covariance condition is F CovP(ζ~) F′=ΣF\,\mathrm{Cov}_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)\,F' = \SigmaFCovP​(ζ~​)F′=Σ, which equals the paper's EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)E_{\mathbb P}(F(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)'F')EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′) by linearity; it constrains the covariance of the primitive vector, an N×NN \times NN×N matrix, not the covariance of ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​. The positive part is max · 0. The worst case and π2\pi^2π2 take values in EReal: an infimum over an empty set is +∞+\infty+∞ and a supremum over an empty set is −∞-\infty−∞, matching the paper's convention for infeasible problems. The paper's "inf" and "sup" are not claimed to be attained.

Readings fixed by this mission, each implicit in the paper:

  • Full row rank of FFF (p. 906, "F has to be full rank"), stated as surjectivity of x↦Fxx \mapsto Fxx↦Fx;
  • Σ\SigmaΣ positive semidefinite, as a covariance matrix must be;
  • V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ nonempty.

Each is needed for the equality: without it F2\mathbb F_2F2​ can be empty (worst case −∞-\infty−∞) while π2\pi^2π2 is finite or +∞+\infty+∞. No convexity or closedness of V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ is assumed; the theorem does not need it. A formalization that takes the infimum in R\mathbb RR (where an empty infimum is 000) or states only the inequality ≤\le≤ would trivialize or weaken the theorem and is ruled out.

A complete development needs a Scarf-type mean–variance inequality for E(X+)E(X^+)E(X+), constructions of multivariate distributions with a prescribed mean and covariance (Gaussian or finitely supported laws), and the monotonicity and continuity facts behind (23). The scalar inequality and the constructions of distributions with given first two moments are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and supporting lemmas on moment-constrained families, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Goh and M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4), 902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • H. Scarf, A min-max solution of an inventory problem, in K. Arrow (ed.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 201–209, 1958.
  • G. Gallego and I. Moon, The distribution free newsboy problem: Review and extensions, Journal of the Operational Research Society 44(8), 825–834, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1057/jors.1993.141
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks and F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: A conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4), 543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • E. Delage and Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3), 595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun and J. Zhang, A linear decision-based approximation approach to stochastic programming, Operations Research 56(2), 344–357, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

How Bad is Selfish Routing? 4: With Polynomial Latencies of Degree p and Nonnegative Coefficients the Cost of a Nash Flow Is at Most p + 1 Times the Optimal CostResearch Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network carrying a large population of users, each user picks a route that is fastest for itself given the congestion caused by everyone else. The resulting traffic pattern, a Wardrop or Nash equilibrium, need not minimize the total travel time: Braess's paradox shows that adding a road can make every user slower. Transportation science has modelled such equilibria since Wardrop (1952) and Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten (1956), and the question of how much efficiency selfish behaviour costs was posed in computer science by Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou (1999).

Roughgarden and Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing? (J. ACM, 2002) gave the first general answers for networks with many infinitesimal users. This mission formalizes the first of them, from §2.5 of the paper: when every edge latency is a polynomial of degree at most ppp with nonnegative coefficients, the total latency at equilibrium is at most p+1p+1p+1 times the optimum. The argument goes through the convex program of Beckmann et al., whose optimal solutions are exactly the equilibria (Dafermos and Sparrow, 1969).

Timeline. 1952: Wardrop states the equilibrium principle. 1956: Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten characterize equilibria as minimizers of a convex potential and prove existence. 1969: Dafermos and Sparrow reprove existence and essential uniqueness for general networks. 1999: Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou introduce the worst-case ratio between equilibrium and optimum. 2000–2002: Roughgarden and Tardos prove the bounds p+1p+1p+1 for polynomials (Corollary 2.8) and 4/34/34/3 for linear latencies. 2002–2003: Roughgarden shows the worst ratio for degree-ppp polynomials is Θ(p/ln⁡p)\Theta(p/\ln p)Θ(p/lnp), attained already on two parallel links.

Setting

An instance consists of finitely many edges eee, finitely many commodities i∈{1,…,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}i∈{1,…,k} and finitely many routes PPP. Each route is a set of edges, recorded by a 0/10/10/1 incidence matrix AAA (AeP=1A_{eP}=1AeP​=1 iff e∈Pe\in Pe∈P), and serves exactly one commodity; Pi\mathcal P_iPi​ is the set of routes serving commodity iii. Commodity iii has a rate ri>0r_i>0ri​>0.

A flow assigns a value fPf_PfP​ to each route. It induces the edge flows fe=∑P∋efPf_e=\sum_{P\ni e}f_Pfe​=∑P∋e​fP​ and is feasible if fP≥0f_P\ge0fP​≥0 for all PPP and ∑P∈PifP=ri\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i}f_P=r_i∑P∈Pi​​fP​=ri​ for all iii. Each edge has a latency function ℓe\ell_eℓe​, nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The latency of a route is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​) and the cost of a flow is

C(f)=∑PℓP(f) fP=∑eℓe(fe) fe.C(f)=\sum_P\ell_P(f)\,f_P=\sum_e\ell_e(f_e)\,f_e .C(f)=P∑​ℓP​(f)fP​=e∑​ℓe​(fe​)fe​.

A feasible flow is at Nash equilibrium (Definition 2.1) if moving any amount δ∈[0,fP1]\delta\in[0,f_{P_1}]δ∈[0,fP1​​] of commodity iii from a used route P1P_1P1​ to another route P2∈PiP_2\in\mathcal P_iP2​∈Pi​ leaves P2P_2P2​ at least as slow, after the move, as P1P_1P1​ was before. Lemma 2.2 shows that this is the Wardrop condition: every route that carries flow has minimum latency among the routes of its commodity.

The Beckmann potential of a flow is Φ(f)=∑e∫0feℓe(t) dt\Phi(f)=\sum_e\int_0^{f_e}\ell_e(t)\,dtΦ(f)=∑e​∫0fe​​ℓe​(t)dt, the objective of the program (NLP2) of the paper.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2.8

For latencies ℓe(x)=∑i=0pae,ixi\ell_e(x)=\sum_{i=0}^{p}a_{e,i}x^iℓe​(x)=∑i=0p​ae,i​xi with p≥1p\ge1p≥1 an integer and ae,i≥0a_{e,i}\ge0ae,i​≥0, every flow fff at Nash equilibrium and every feasible flow f∗f^*f∗ satisfy

C(f)≤(p+1) C(f∗).C(f)\le(p+1)\,C(f^*).C(f)≤(p+1)C(f∗).

This is the paper's ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤p+1\rho(G,r,\ell)=C(f)/C(f^*)\le p+1ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤p+1 written without division.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2: Nash equilibrium (Definition 2.1)   ⟺  \iff⟺ the Wardrop condition.
  2. Proof of Lemma 2.6: the flows at Nash equilibrium are exactly the feasible minimizers of Φ\PhiΦ.
  3. Lemma 2.6: a Nash flow exists, and all Nash flows have the same cost.
  4. Corollary 2.7: if x ℓe(x)≤α∫0xℓe(t) dtx\,\ell_e(x)\le\alpha\int_0^x\ell_e(t)\,dtxℓe​(x)≤α∫0x​ℓe​(t)dt for every edge and every x>0x>0x>0, with α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, then
C(f)≤α C(f∗)for every Nash flow f and feasible f∗.C(f)\le\alpha\,C(f^*)\quad\text{for every Nash flow } f \text{ and feasible } f^* .C(f)≤αC(f∗)for every Nash flow f and feasible f∗.

Significance

The result. Corollary 2.8 was, according to the authors, the first bound of its kind for polynomial latencies (p. 11). It shows that for the latency functions used in practice (the Bureau of Public Roads function ℓ(x)=a+bx4\ell(x)=a+bx^4ℓ(x)=a+bx4 has p=4p=4p=4) uncoordinated routing loses at most a bounded factor, independent of the network size, the number of commodities and the rates. Corollary 2.7 isolates the mechanism: a single scalar property of each latency function, how far the cost xℓ(x)x\ell(x)xℓ(x) can exceed the potential ∫0xℓ\int_0^x\ell∫0x​ℓ, controls the efficiency loss of the whole network.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper (and the bound p+1p+1p+1 has since been sharpened); none of them is machine-checked on the platform. The mission produces a reusable Lean development of nonatomic selfish routing: Definition 2.1 in its deviation form, its equivalence with the Wardrop condition, the Beckmann characterization of equilibria with an honest integral potential, existence and cost-uniqueness of equilibria, and the potential-based efficiency bound. The same layer is used by the companion missions on the bicriteria bound and the 4/34/34/3 bound for linear latencies.

Difficulty

The bound itself is a short chain of inequalities once the equilibrium is known to minimize the potential Φ\PhiΦ. That step is the substance: it requires showing that the Wardrop condition is a first-order optimality condition of a convex program over the polytope of feasible flows, with latencies that are only continuous, so Φ\PhiΦ is differentiable but its derivative may have kinks. Passing from Definition 2.1 (finite deviations) to the Wardrop condition needs a limit δ→0\delta\to0δ→0, which fails without continuity of the latencies. Mathlib has no Karush–Kuhn–Tucker theory for such programs, so the optimality characterization has to be built from first principles.

Formalization scope

  • Encoding. Edges, routes and commodities are Fin J, Fin R, Fin Sd. Edge flows, feasibility, the Wardrop condition and the potential Φ\PhiΦ are the published KellyStochasticNetworks.linkFlow, wardropFeasible, IsWardropEquilibrium and wardropObjective, reused unchanged.
  • Routes, not graphs. Routes are arbitrary 0/10/10/1 incidence columns rather than the simple sis_isi​–tit_iti​ paths of a graph, a generalization the paper's arguments never use. Two copies of one path serving two commodities are two routes.
  • Definition 2.1 is read with P1≠P2P_1\ne P_2P1​=P2​ and fP1>0f_{P_1}>0fP1​​>0. As printed, P1=P2P_1=P_2P1​=P2​ makes the condition fail for strictly increasing latencies, and fP1=0f_{P_1}=0fP1​​=0 forces unused routes to have the same latency as used ones; either reading would make Nash flows nonexistent in simple instances.
  • Latencies are nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) only. Continuity replaces the paper's differentiability, as its footnote 3 allows; it also makes ∫0xℓe\int_0^x\ell_e∫0x​ℓe​ a genuine integral.
  • Rates are positive. In Lemma 2.6's existence part every commodity must be served by a route, the route-encoding meaning of "an instance".
  • No ratios. Every bound ρ≤c\rho\le cρ≤c is stated as C(f)≤c C(f∗)C(f)\le c\,C(f^*)C(f)≤cC(f∗) for every feasible f∗f^*f∗, which is what each proof shows and which avoids division by a zero cost.
  • Polynomials share one degree bound p≥1p\ge1p≥1; leading coefficients may vanish; coefficients are required nonnegative for i≤pi\le pi≤p.

A statement in which Nash flows cannot exist (the literal Definition 2.1), or in which ∫0xℓe\int_0^x\ell_e∫0x​ℓe​ is the junk value of a non-integrable function, would make the goal vacuous; the guards above rule both out, and the sorry-free check that two small instances admit Nash flows confirms it.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular the first-order characterization of minimizers of Φ\PhiΦ over the feasible polytope, which is reusable for every potential game on flows.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing?, J. ACM 49(2):236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • M. Beckmann, C. B. McGuire and C. B. Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, Yale University Press, 1956 (RAND RM-1488). https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_memoranda/RM1488.html
  • S. C. Dafermos and F. T. Sparrow, The traffic assignment problem for a general network, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Standards 73B(2):91–118, 1969. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.073B.010
  • J. G. Wardrop, Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research, Proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, Part II, 1:325–378, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259
  • E. Koutsoupias and C. Papadimitriou, Worst-case equilibria, STACS 1999, LNCS 1563, 404–413. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-49116-3_38
  • T. Roughgarden, The price of anarchy is independent of the network topology, J. Comput. System Sci. 67(2):341–364, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(03)00044-8
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
AlgebraAlgebraic GeometryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Relaxations for Semialgebraic Problems 1: A Polynomial System Has No Real Solution if and only if Its Degree-d Positivstellensatz SDP Is Feasible for All Large dResearch Paper

Motivation

Deciding whether a system of real polynomial equations, inequations and inequalities has a solution is the basic feasibility question behind nonconvex quadratic programming, polynomial optimization, robustness analysis in control, and combinatorial relaxations. Over the complex numbers, Hilbert's Nullstellensatz turns infeasibility into an algebraic identity whose bounded-degree instances are found by linear algebra. Over the reals this fails: x2+1=0x^2+1=0x2+1=0 has no real solution, yet 111 is not in the ideal generated by x2+1x^2+1x2+1.

The real substitute is the Positivstellensatz of Stengle (Stengle 1974; see Bochnak–Coste–Roy, Real Algebraic Geometry, Theorem 4.4.2): a real polynomial system is infeasible exactly when an identity f+g2+h=0f+g^2+h=0f+g2+h=0 holds, with fff built from sums of squares and the inequality constraints, ggg a product of the inequation polynomials and hhh in the ideal of the equations. Parrilo (2003), building on his thesis (2000), observed that once the degrees are bounded, the search for such an identity is a semidefinite program (SDP), because a polynomial is a sum of squares exactly when it has a positive semidefinite Gram matrix. This yields a hierarchy of SDPs that is sound at every level and complete in the limit, and it is the origin of the sum-of-squares (SOS) method used throughout polynomial optimization.

Timeline:

  • 1974: Stengle proves the Positivstellensatz for semialgebraic sets over real closed fields.
  • 1995: Choi, Lam and Reznick analyze the Gram matrix method for sums of squares.
  • 2000–2003: Parrilo (thesis; Math. Program. Ser. B 96) formulates bounded-degree Positivstellensatz refutations as SDPs (Theorem 5.1); Lasserre (2001) develops the dual moment approach independently.

Setting

Write R[x1,…,xn]\mathbb R[x_1,\dots,x_n]R[x1​,…,xn​] for real polynomials in nnn variables. Fix three finite, possibly empty, families: f1,…,fsf_1,\dots,f_sf1​,…,fs​ (inequalities), g1,…,gtg_1,\dots,g_tg1​,…,gt​ (inequations), h1,…,huh_1,\dots,h_uh1​,…,hu​ (equations). They define the basic semialgebraic set

K={x∈Rn∣fj(x)≥0, gk(x)≠0, hℓ(x)=0 for all j,k,ℓ}.(4.4)K=\{x\in\mathbb R^n \mid f_j(x)\ge 0,\ g_k(x)\ne 0,\ h_\ell(x)=0\ \text{for all } j,k,\ell\}.\qquad(4.4)K={x∈Rn∣fj​(x)≥0, gk​(x)=0, hℓ​(x)=0 for all j,k,ℓ}.(4.4)

A cone of R[x1,…,xn]\mathbb R[x_1,\dots,x_n]R[x1​,…,xn​] is a subset closed under addition and multiplication that contains every square a2a^2a2; P(S)P(S)P(S) is the smallest cone containing SSS, and P(∅)P(\emptyset)P(∅) is the set of sums of squares. MMM is the multiplicative monoid generated by the gkg_kgk​ (with the empty product 111), and III is the ideal generated by the hℓh_\ellhℓ​.

For a degree bound DDD, let zzz be the vector of all monomials xαx^\alphaxα of total degree at most DDD; it has (n+DD)\binom{n+D}{D}(Dn+D​) entries. For a real matrix QQQ indexed by these monomials, the Gram polynomial is zTQz=∑α,βQαβxαxβz^TQz=\sum_{\alpha,\beta}Q_{\alpha\beta}x^\alpha x^\betazTQz=∑α,β​Qαβ​xαxβ.

The degree-ddd Positivstellensatz SDP SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​: with G=∑kdeg⁡gkG=\sum_k\deg g_kG=∑k​deggk​ and N(d)=d(2G+1)N(d)=d(2G+1)N(d)=d(2G+1), find positive semidefinite matrices QTQ_TQT​ over the monomials of degree at most N(d)N(d)N(d), one for each T⊆{1,…,s}T\subseteq\{1,\dots,s\}T⊆{1,…,s}, and polynomials qℓq_\ellqℓ​ of degree at most 2N(d)2N(d)2N(d), such that

∑T(zTQTz)∏j∈Tfj+(∏k=1tgk2d)2+∑ℓ=1uqℓhℓ=0.\sum_{T}(z^TQ_Tz)\prod_{j\in T}f_j+\Big(\prod_{k=1}^t g_k^{2d}\Big)^2+\sum_{\ell=1}^u q_\ell h_\ell=0 .T∑​(zTQT​z)j∈T∏​fj​+(k=1∏t​gk2d​)2+ℓ=1∑u​qℓ​hℓ​=0.

Its unknowns are finitely many real numbers, the constraint is linear in them, and the matrices are constrained to be positive semidefinite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

(∀d, SDPd feasible⇒K=∅)and(K=∅⇒∃d0 ∀d≥d0, SDPd feasible).\big(\forall d,\ \mathrm{SDP}_d\ \text{feasible}\Rightarrow K=\emptyset\big)\quad\text{and}\quad\big(K=\emptyset\Rightarrow\exists d_0\ \forall d\ge d_0,\ \mathrm{SDP}_d\ \text{feasible}\big).(∀d, SDPd​ feasible⇒K=∅)and(K=∅⇒∃d0​ ∀d≥d0​, SDPd​ feasible).

The first half says every feasible point is a refutation; the second says the hierarchy is complete once the degree bound is large enough. No bound on d0d_0d0​ is asserted, matching the paper.

Milestones

  • Theorem 4.6, 2⇒12\Rightarrow12⇒1: an identity f+g2+h=0f+g^2+h=0f+g2+h=0 with f∈Pf\in Pf∈P, g∈Mg\in Mg∈M, h∈Ih\in Ih∈I forces K=∅K=\emptysetK=∅.
  • A positive semidefinite Gram matrix gives a sum of squares (§3.2).
  • Theorem 4.6, 1⇒21\Rightarrow21⇒2 (Stengle's Positivstellensatz): K=∅K=\emptysetK=∅ forces such an identity.
  • P(∅)P(\emptyset)P(∅) is the set of sums of squares and the smallest cone; the finite-generator form P(S)={p+∑iqibi}P(S)=\{p+\sum_i q_ib_i\}P(S)={p+∑i​qi​bi​}; the squarefree form ∑TpT∏j∈Tfj\sum_T p_T\prod_{j\in T}f_j∑T​pT​∏j∈T​fj​ of the cone used in the proof of Theorem 5.1.
  • A sum of squares of degree at most 2d2d2d has a positive semidefinite Gram matrix over the monomials of degree at most ddd; Theorem 3.3 combining both directions with the size (n+dd)\binom{n+d}{d}(dn+d​); the count (n+dd)\binom{n+d}{d}(dn+d​) of the monomial vector.

Significance

Theorem 5.1 is the statement that makes Positivstellensatz certificates computable: it converts an existence theorem of real algebraic geometry into a sequence of convex feasibility problems, each solvable by interior-point methods, and any solution is an exact proof of infeasibility. Lower bounds in polynomial optimization (Example 5.4), the copositivity tests of §7.5, SOS relaxations for MAX-CUT and stable sets, and Lyapunov-function searches in control are all instances of this scheme.

The paper proves only the soundness direction of the Positivstellensatz and cites the converse. A complete formal development therefore contains the first machine-checked statement chain from Stengle's theorem to the SDP hierarchy. To the best of current searches, neither Mathlib nor Prove2Me contains the real Positivstellensatz, the Gram matrix characterization of sums of squares, or the monomial count; Mathlib has sums of squares in rings (IsSumSq), positive semidefinite matrices, and the complex Nullstellensatz.

Difficulty

The soundness half is elementary. Completeness rests on Stengle's Positivstellensatz, whose standard proofs pass through real closed fields, orderings of rings and the Tarski–Seidenberg transfer principle, none of which is available in Mathlib in usable form. A tempting shortcut, proving completeness by reasoning only about R\mathbb RR-points, does not work: the certificate must be an algebraic identity, and points cannot produce it.

A second, smaller difficulty is degree bookkeeping. Each level of the hierarchy has a fixed shape (the exponent of the gkg_kgk​ and the degree of every multiplier are tied to ddd), while a certificate supplied by the Positivstellensatz has arbitrary degrees and exponents. A Gram representation also needs a degree bound on every square in a sum of squares, not only on the sum.

Formalization scope

  • Polynomials are MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ; n,s,t,un,s,t,un,s,t,u are arbitrary natural numbers, including 000; the families are indexed by Fin s, Fin t, Fin u. The set (4.4) lives in Rn\mathbb R^nRn = Fin n → ℝ.
  • P(S)P(S)P(S) is the smallest set closed under +++, ⋅\cdot⋅ and containing all squares (Definition 4.5), an inductive predicate. Mathlib's RingPreordering is not used: it excludes −1-1−1, which an infeasible system's cone typically contains.
  • Sums of squares are IsSumSq; positive semidefiniteness is Matrix.PosSemidef (symmetric, which is the paper's Q∈SnQ\in\mathcal S^nQ∈Sn); MMM is Submonoid.closure, III is Ideal.span.
  • The meta-claim "the search … can be done using semidefinite programming" is the definition of SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​: finitely many PSD Gram matrices indexed by a finite type of monomials, and ideal multipliers of bounded total degree. The degree choices (m=dm=dm=d in g=∏gk2mg=\prod g_k^{2m}g=∏gk2m​; multiplier degree d2=2d(2G+1)d_2=2d(2G+1)d2​=2d(2G+1)) fill the freedom the proof leaves and satisfy its printed bounds d2≥dd_2\ge dd2​≥d, d2≥deg⁡gd_2\ge\deg gd2​≥degg. "Large enough" is ∃d0 ∀d≥d0\exists d_0\,\forall d\ge d_0∃d0​∀d≥d0​.
  • A formalization without the degree bounds or with an infinite index type would make SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​ equivalent to Theorem 4.6 item 2 and is ruled out; so is a goal stated for a fixed nnn, for empty families only, or with soundness only at large ddd.
  • Needed infrastructure: Stengle's Positivstellensatz over R\mathbb RR (real closed field theory or a direct proof), the Gram matrix correspondence, and degree lemmas for sums of squares. The Positivstellensatz and the Gram correspondence are reusable far beyond this mission; contributions toward either are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. A. Parrilo, Semidefinite programming relaxations for semialgebraic problems, Math. Program. Ser. B 96 (2003) 293–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0387-5
  • G. Stengle, A Nullstellensatz and a Positivstellensatz in semialgebraic geometry, Math. Ann. 207 (1974) 87–97. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01362149
  • J. Bochnak, M. Coste, M.-F. Roy, Real Algebraic Geometry, Springer, 1998, Theorem 4.4.2. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-03718-8
  • M. D. Choi, T. Y. Lam, B. Reznick, Sums of squares of real polynomials, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math. 58 (1995) 103–126. https://doi.org/10.1090/pspum/058.2/1327293
  • J. B. Lasserre, Global optimization with polynomials and the problem of moments, SIAM J. Optim. 11 (2001) 796–817. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400366802
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Relaxations for Semialgebraic Problems 2: A Feasible Solution of the SDPs (7.7) Certifies That M Is Copositive, and the Test Is at Least as Strong as M = P + NResearch Paper

Copositive matrices and why they need certificates

A real symmetric matrix is copositive when its quadratic form is nonnegative on the nonnegative orthant. Copositive matrices appear wherever a quadratic objective meets sign constraints: standard quadratic programs over the simplex, linear complementarity problems, and conic reformulations of combinatorial problems such as the stability number of a graph. Parrilo's §7.5 (Math. Program. 96 (2003) 293–320) gives an example: if CCC is copositive and Q−ATCA⪰γIQ - A^TCA \succeq \gamma IQ−ATCA⪰γI, then γ\gammaγ is a lower bound on min⁡{xTQx:Ax≥0, xTx=1}\min\{x^TQx : Ax \ge 0,\ x^Tx = 1\}min{xTQx:Ax≥0, xTx=1}.

Deciding copositivity is hard. Murty and Kabadi (Math. Program. 39 (1987) 117–129) showed that checking whether a given integer matrix is not copositive is NP-complete, so the exact tests based on principal minors take an exponential number of operations in the worst case. Efficiently checkable sufficient conditions are therefore what applications use.

Timeline:

  • 1962. Diananda (Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58) studies the decomposition of a matrix as positive semidefinite plus elementwise nonnegative, condition (7.6) below, which is sufficient for copositivity and also necessary for n≤4n \le 4n≤4.
  • 1977. Choi and Lam (Math. Ann. 231) relate this decomposition to sums of squares of quartic forms (their Lemma 3.5).
  • 1987. Murty and Kabadi prove the NP-completeness result above.
  • 2000–2003. Parrilo's thesis and the 2003 paper introduce a hierarchy of semidefinite programming tests, one level per degree rrr, of which (7.6) is level 000; Theorem 7.7 makes level 111 explicit.
  • 2002. De Klerk and Pasechnik (SIAM J. Optim. 12) use this hierarchy to approximate the stability number of a graph.

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0 and a real symmetric matrix M=(mij)∈Rn×nM = (m_{ij}) \in \mathbb R^{n\times n}M=(mij​)∈Rn×n. The matrix MMM is copositive if

xi≥0 for all i  ⟹  xTMx≥0.x_i \ge 0 \text{ for all } i \;\Longrightarrow\; x^T M x \ge 0 .xi​≥0 for all i⟹xTMx≥0.

For real variables z=(z1,…,zn)z = (z_1,\dots,z_n)z=(z1​,…,zn​) write z=[z12,…,zn2]T\mathbf z = [z_1^2, \dots, z_n^2]^Tz=[z12​,…,zn2​]T. Three polynomials in zzz are associated with MMM:

P(z):=zTMz=∑i,jmijzi2zj2,Pr(z)=(∑i=1nzi2)rP(z),P1(z):=∑i,j,kmijzi2zj2zk2.P(z) := \mathbf z^T M \mathbf z = \sum_{i,j} m_{ij} z_i^2 z_j^2, \qquad P_r(z) = \Bigl(\sum_{i=1}^n z_i^2\Bigr)^r P(z), \qquad P_1(z) := \sum_{i,j,k} m_{ij} z_i^2 z_j^2 z_k^2 .P(z):=zTMz=i,j∑​mij​zi2​zj2​,Pr​(z)=(i=1∑n​zi2​)rP(z),P1​(z):=i,j,k∑​mij​zi2​zj2​zk2​.

A form is positive semidefinite if it is nonnegative at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and a polynomial is a sum of squares if it is a finite sum of squares of real polynomials. A matrix AAA satisfies A⪰0A \succeq 0A⪰0 if it is symmetric and xTAx≥0x^TAx \ge 0xTAx≥0 for all x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn.

The SDPs (7.7) ask for nnn symmetric matrices Λ1,…,Λn∈Sn\Lambda^1, \dots, \Lambda^n \in \mathcal S^nΛ1,…,Λn∈Sn, with entries Λjki=Λkji\Lambda^i_{jk} = \Lambda^i_{kj}Λjki​=Λkji​, such that

M−Λi⪰0,i=1,…,n,Λiii=0,i=1,…,n,Λjji+Λjij+Λijj=0,i≠j,Λjki+Λkij+Λijk≥0,i≠j≠k.\begin{aligned} M - \Lambda^i &\succeq 0, && i = 1,\dots,n,\\ \Lambda^i_{ii} &= 0, && i = 1,\dots,n,\\ \Lambda^i_{jj} + \Lambda^j_{ji} + \Lambda^j_{ij} &= 0, && i \ne j,\\ \Lambda^i_{jk} + \Lambda^j_{ki} + \Lambda^k_{ij} &\ge 0, && i \ne j \ne k . \end{aligned}M−ΛiΛiii​Λjji​+Λjij​+Λijj​Λjki​+Λkij​+Λijk​​⪰0,=0,=0,≥0,​​i=1,…,n,i=1,…,n,i=j,i=j=k.​

Condition (7.6) asks for a decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N with P⪰0P \succeq 0P⪰0 and nij≥0n_{ij} \ge 0nij​≥0 for all i,ji,ji,j.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.7

For every real symmetric n×nn\times nn×n matrix MMM,

(7.7) feasible  ⟹  (P1(z)≥0  ∀z∈Rn) and M copositive,and(7.6)  ⟹  (7.7) feasible.\text{(7.7) feasible} \;\Longrightarrow\; \bigl(P_1(z) \ge 0 \ \ \forall z \in \mathbb R^n\bigr) \ \text{and}\ M \text{ copositive}, \qquad\text{and}\qquad \text{(7.6)} \;\Longrightarrow\; \text{(7.7) feasible}.(7.7) feasible⟹(P1​(z)≥0  ∀z∈Rn) and M copositive,and(7.6)⟹(7.7) feasible.

The second implication is the paper's "this test is at least as powerful as condition (7.6)".

Milestones (all from §7.5, pp. 317–318)

  1. P1=PrP_1 = P_rP1​=Pr​ at r=1r = 1r=1: (∑kzk2)P(z)=∑i,j,kmijzi2zj2zk2\bigl(\sum_k z_k^2\bigr)P(z) = \sum_{i,j,k} m_{ij} z_i^2z_j^2z_k^2(∑k​zk2​)P(z)=∑i,j,k​mij​zi2​zj2​zk2​.
  2. If Pr(z)≥0P_r(z) \ge 0Pr​(z)≥0 for all zzz, then P(z)≥0P(z) \ge 0P(z)≥0 for all zzz.
  3. MMM is copositive if and only if P(z)≥0P(z) \ge 0P(z)≥0 for all z∈Rnz \in \mathbb R^nz∈Rn.
  4. P(z)P(z)P(z) is a sum of squares if and only if condition (7.6) holds.
  5. If PiP_iPi​ is a sum of squares, then so is Pi+1P_{i+1}Pi+1​.

Significance

Theorem 7.7 turns copositivity at level r=1r = 1r=1 into a single semidefinite feasibility problem whose size is polynomial in nnn: nnn symmetric n×nn \times nn×n matrices, nnn semidefinite constraints and O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3) linear ones. Its second half says that nothing is lost against the classical test (7.6): every matrix certified by the decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N is also certified by (7.7). The milestones place the result inside the hierarchy: certificates at any level rrr certify copositivity (milestones 2 and 3), and the sum-of-squares tests become weakly stronger as rrr grows (milestone 5), with (7.6) equivalent to the test at level 000 (milestone 4). This hierarchy underlies later SDP approximations of the copositive cone and of the stability number of a graph.

The paper prints no proof of Theorem 7.7. These statements are proved results of the literature; none of them is formalized in Mathlib or, as far as a search of the platform shows, elsewhere in Lean. The mission produces machine-checked statements and proofs of the level-111 test and of the structural facts about the hierarchy, built on the platform's published definition of copositivity.

Difficulty

The first half of Theorem 7.7 requires seeing a feasible point of (7.7) as a certificate for the polynomial P1P_1P1​: the semidefinite constraints control quadratic expressions in z\mathbf zz, while the linear constraints on the entries of Λ\LambdaΛ must account for every monomial zi2zj2zk2z_i^2z_j^2z_k^2zi2​zj2​zk2​ of degree six, grouped by which indices coincide. The bookkeeping over the three index patterns (all equal, two equal, all distinct) and over the superscript/subscript roles of Λjki\Lambda^i_{jk}Λjki​ is where a careless argument loses a term. The second half asks, for an arbitrary decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N, for a point satisfying all nnn semidefinite constraints and all the linear equalities and inequalities of (7.7) at once. The obvious first idea of testing M⪰0M \succeq 0M⪰0 fails: positive semidefiniteness is sufficient for copositivity but far from necessary, since every elementwise nonnegative matrix is copositive.

Formalization scope

  • MMM is Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ with a hypothesis M.IsSymm; nnn is arbitrary, including n=0n = 0n=0.
  • Copositivity is the published definition MurtyKabadi.Reduction.Copositive (Murty–Kabadi mission), xTMx≥0x^TMx \ge 0xTMx≥0 for every coordinatewise nonnegative xxx; it is not replaced by M⪰0M \succeq 0M⪰0.
  • PPP, PrP_rPr​ and P1P_1P1​ are elements of MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ; P1P_1P1​ is defined by its own display, and its equality with PrP_rPr​ at r=1r = 1r=1 is a milestone.
  • "Positive semidefinite form" and "nonnegative" mean nonnegative evaluation at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn; "sum of squares" is Mathlib's IsSumSq in the polynomial ring.
  • ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Mathlib's Matrix.PosSemidef. Λ\LambdaΛ is a family Fin n → Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, with Λjki\Lambda^i_{jk}Λjki​ = Λ i j k; each Λi\Lambda^iΛi is required symmetric as on the page.
  • "i≠j≠ki \ne j \ne ki=j=k" is read as i,j,ki, j, ki,j,k pairwise distinct. Under the symmetry of the Λi\Lambda^iΛi and the third constraint, the extra constraints of the literal reading hold with equality, so both readings give the same feasible set.
  • "At least as powerful as condition (7.6)" is formalized as the implication (7.6) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (7.7) feasible.
  • The mission does not trivialize: the hypothesis of the goal is satisfiable (the identity matrix with Λ=0\Lambda = 0Λ=0 is feasible), the conclusion is copositivity on the orthant rather than a weaker or vacuous property, and the SDP is the paper's finite system with every constraint of (7.7) present.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on sums of squares in MvPolynomial (closure under multiplication, Gram-matrix representations of a quadratic form in monomials) and Gram-matrix arguments for forms that are even in every variable.

Selected references

  • P. A. Parrilo, Semidefinite programming relaxations for semialgebraic problems, Math. Program. Ser. B 96 (2003) 293–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0387-5
  • K. G. Murty, S. N. Kabadi, Some NP-complete problems in quadratic and nonlinear programming, Math. Program. 39 (1987) 117–129. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02592948
  • P. H. Diananda, On non-negative forms in real variables some or all of which are non-negative, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58 (1962) 17–25. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036185
  • M. D. Choi, T. Y. Lam, Extremal positive semidefinite forms, Math. Ann. 231 (1977) 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01360024
  • E. de Klerk, D. V. Pasechnik, Approximation of the stability number of a graph via copositive programming, SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2002) 875–892. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383248
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization II: Points of a Product of Quadratic and Rotated Cones Are Complementary Iff Their Arrow-Head Products VanishResearch Paper

Motivation

Conic quadratic optimization (also called second-order cone programming) minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a product of quadratic cones. It contains linear programming, convex quadratically constrained programming, robust linear programming with ellipsoidal uncertainty and many problems from engineering design; see Lobo, Vandenberghe, Boyd and Lebret (1998). Primal–dual interior-point methods solve these problems in practice; E. D. Andersen, C. Roos and T. Terlaky describe one such method, and an implementation of it linked to the MOSEK optimizer, in On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization (Math. Program., 2003).

A primal–dual method needs the optimality condition "the duality gap is zero" in a form that can be relaxed into a central path and linearized by Newton's method. For linear programming that form is the componentwise product xjsj=0x_js_j=0xj​sj​=0. For quadratic cones the scalar condition xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 is not componentwise, and the paper's Lemma 3.1 gives the replacement: a block-wise system built from arrow-head matrices. This mission formalizes that lemma and the facts its proof uses.

Setting

A vector v∈Rnv\in\mathbb R^nv∈Rn is written v=(v1,…,vn)v=(v_1,\dots,v_n)v=(v1​,…,vn​) and v2:n=(v2,…,vn)v_{2:n}=(v_2,\dots,v_n)v2:n​=(v2​,…,vn​); ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. The paper works with three cones (Definition 3.1):

R+={x≥0},Kq={x∈Rn:x12≥∥x2:n∥2, x1≥0},Kr={x∈Rn:2x1x2≥∥x3:n∥2, x1,x2≥0},\mathbb R_+=\{x\ge 0\},\qquad K^q=\{x\in\mathbb R^n: x_1^2\ge\|x_{2:n}\|^2,\ x_1\ge0\},\qquad K^r=\{x\in\mathbb R^n: 2x_1x_2\ge\|x_{3:n}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\},R+​={x≥0},Kq={x∈Rn:x12​≥∥x2:n​∥2, x1​≥0},Kr={x∈Rn:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:n​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0},

the nonnegative half-line, the quadratic cone and the rotated quadratic cone. The cone of the problem is a product K=K1×⋯×KkK=K^1\times\cdots\times K^kK=K1×⋯×Kk of such cones, of dimensions n1,…,nkn^1,\dots,n^kn1,…,nk, and a point is partitioned accordingly, x=(x1;… ;xk)x=(x^1;\dots;x^k)x=(x1;…;xk); xTs=∑i(xi)Tsix^Ts=\sum_i(x^i)^Ts^ixTs=∑i​(xi)Tsi.

To each cone the paper attaches two matrices (Definition 3.2): Ti=Qi=1T^i=Q^i=1Ti=Qi=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​; Ti=IT^i=ITi=I and Qi=diag⁡(1,−1,…,−1)Q^i=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1,\dots,-1)Qi=diag(1,−1,…,−1) for KqK^qKq; and for KrK^rKr, TiT^iTi is the identity except for the leading block 12(111−1)\tfrac1{\sqrt2}\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{pmatrix}2​1​(11​1−1​), while QiQ^iQi is −I-I−I except for the leading block (0110)\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}(01​10​). The arrow-head matrix of a vector is

mat⁡(v)=(v1v2:nTv2:nv1I),\operatorname{mat}(v)=\begin{pmatrix}v_1&v_{2:n}^T\\ v_{2:n}&v_1I\end{pmatrix},mat(v)=(v1​v2:n​​v2:nT​v1​I​),

and Xi=mat⁡(Tixi)X^i=\operatorname{mat}(T^ix^i)Xi=mat(Tixi), Si=mat⁡(Tisi)S^i=\operatorname{mat}(T^is^i)Si=mat(Tisi); eie^iei is the first unit vector of Rni\mathbb R^{n^i}Rni.

For the companion statements the paper defines μ=(xTs+τκ)/(k+1)\mu=(x^Ts+\tau\kappa)/(k+1)μ=(xTs+τκ)/(k+1) and the neighbourhood

N(β)={(x,τ,s,κ):(x;τ),(s;κ)∈K×R+, min⁡i(xi)TQixi (si)TQisi≥βμ, τκ≥βμ}.\mathcal N(\beta)=\Bigl\{(x,\tau,s,\kappa):(x;\tau),(s;\kappa)\in K\times\mathbb R_+,\ \min_i\sqrt{(x^i)^TQ^ix^i\,(s^i)^TQ^is^i}\ge\beta\mu,\ \tau\kappa\ge\beta\mu\Bigr\}.N(β)={(x,τ,s,κ):(x;τ),(s;κ)∈K×R+​, imin​(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi​≥βμ, τκ≥βμ}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3.1 (p. 9)

For x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K,

xTs=0  ⟺  XiSiei=SiXiei=0(i=1,…,k).x^Ts=0\iff X^iS^ie^i=S^iX^ie^i=0\quad(i=1,\dots,k).xTs=0⟺XiSiei=SiXiei=0(i=1,…,k).

This is the paper's exact statement; it fixes no constants and covers every mixture of the three cone types.

Milestones

  1. QiQi=IQ^iQ^i=IQiQi=I and TiTi=IT^iT^i=ITiTi=I, with QiQ^iQi, TiT^iTi symmetric (p. 9).
  2. Kq={x:xTQx≥0, x1≥0}K^q=\{x:x^TQx\ge0,\ x_1\ge0\}Kq={x:xTQx≥0, x1​≥0} and Kr={x:xTQx≥0, x1,x2≥0}K^r=\{x:x^TQx\ge0,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x:xTQx≥0, x1​,x2​≥0} (p. 9).
  3. For the rotated cone's TTT: x∈Kq  ⟺  Tx∈Krx\in K^q\iff Tx\in K^rx∈Kq⟺Tx∈Kr (p. 9).
  4. x∈Kx\in Kx∈K implies Tixi∈KqT^ix^i\in K^qTixi∈Kq for every block (Appendix, p. 36).
  5. Identity (61): (ei)TXiSiei=(Tixi)TTisi=(xi)Tsi(e^i)^TX^iS^ie^i=(T^ix^i)^TT^is^i=(x^i)^Ts^i(ei)TXiSiei=(Tixi)TTisi=(xi)Tsi, hence eTXSe=xTse^TXSe=x^TseTXSe=xTs.
  6. The explicit form of (20) for one block: (xi)Tsi=0(x^i)^Ts^i=0(xi)Tsi=0 and (Tixi)1(Tisi)2:n+(Tisi)1(Tixi)2:n=0(T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_{2:n}+(T^is^i)_1(T^ix^i)_{2:n}=0(Tixi)1​(Tisi)2:n​+(Tisi)1​(Tixi)2:n​=0 (p. 36).
  7. For x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K: xTs=∑i(Tixi)TTisi≥∑i((Tixi)1(Tisi)1−∥(Tixi)2:n∥∥(Tisi)2:n∥)≥∑i(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi≥0x^Ts=\sum_i(T^ix^i)^TT^is^i\ge\sum_i\bigl((T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_1-\|(T^ix^i)_{2:n}\|\|(T^is^i)_{2:n}\|\bigr)\ge\sum_i\sqrt{(x^i)^TQ^ix^i(s^i)^TQ^is^i}\ge0xTs=∑i​(Tixi)TTisi≥∑i​((Tixi)1​(Tisi)1​−∥(Tixi)2:n​∥∥(Tisi)2:n​∥)≥∑i​(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi​≥0 (pp. 36–37).
  8. If xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 and (Tixi)1,(Tisi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1,(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​,(Tisi)1​=0, then (xi)TQixi=(si)TQisi=0(x^i)^TQ^ix^i=(s^i)^TQ^is^i=0(xi)TQixi=(si)TQisi=0 and (Tixi)1(Tisi)1=∥(Tixi)2:n∥∥(Tisi)2:n∥(T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_1=\|(T^ix^i)_{2:n}\|\|(T^is^i)_{2:n}\|(Tixi)1​(Tisi)1​=∥(Tixi)2:n​∥∥(Tisi)2:n​∥ (p. 37).
  9. If (xi)Tsi=0(x^i)^Ts^i=0(xi)Tsi=0 and (Tixi)1,(Tisi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1,(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​,(Tisi)1​=0, then (Tixi)2:n=α(Tisi)2:n(T^ix^i)_{2:n}=\alpha(T^is^i)_{2:n}(Tixi)2:n​=α(Tisi)2:n​ with α=−(Tixi)1/(Tisi)1\alpha=-(T^ix^i)_1/(T^is^i)_1α=−(Tixi)1​/(Tisi)1​, and (20) holds for block iii (p. 37).
  10. Lemma 3.2 ii) (p. 11): a point of N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1) has XiSiei=μeiX^iS^ie^i=\mu e^iXiSiei=μei and τκ=μ\tau\kappa=\muτκ=μ.
  11. §6.1 (pp. 28–29): the starting point xi(0)=si(0)=Tie1ix^{i(0)}=s^{i(0)}=T^ie^i_1xi(0)=si(0)=Tie1i​, τ(0)=κ(0)=1\tau^{(0)}=\kappa^{(0)}=1τ(0)=κ(0)=1 lies in N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1).

Significance

Lemma 3.1 is what makes a primal–dual method for conic quadratic problems possible in the familiar form: replacing XiSiei=0X^iS^ie^i=0XiSiei=0 by XiSiei=γμeiX^iS^ie^i=\gamma\mu e^iXiSiei=γμei gives the central path (21), and linearizing it gives the Newton system the paper analyses in §4. Lemma 3.2 ii) identifies N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1) with that central path, and the §6.1 statement shows the algorithm starts on it. The arrow-head product XiSieiX^iS^ie^iXiSiei is the Jordan product of the Lorentz cone's Euclidean Jordan algebra, so the lemma is also the concrete, coordinate form of complementarity in that algebra (Alizadeh and Goldfarb, 2003).

The lemma is proved in the paper's Appendix and is classical; the mission's contribution is a machine-checked version. To our knowledge no proof assistant library contains complementarity for quadratic or rotated quadratic cones, the rotated-cone transformation, or the arrow-head matrix. The statements here are not yet proved anywhere in Lean.

Difficulty

The forward direction is an identity, (61). The converse is where the work is: xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 is one scalar equation, yet it must force nin^ini equations per block. The argument needs a reverse Cauchy–Schwarz bound inside each quadratic cone, an equality-case analysis that splits on whether a leading coordinate vanishes, and the reduction of the rotated cone to the quadratic one through TTT. A block-by-block argument fails without first showing that each (xi)Tsi(x^i)^Ts^i(xi)Tsi is nonnegative, since only the sum is known to vanish. In Lean, the arithmetic of 1/21/\sqrt21/2​ in TTT and the index bookkeeping of v2:nv_{2:n}v2:n​ inside Fin n add their own friction.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ; the paper's x1x_1x1​ is index 0 and x2x_2x2​ is index 1, read through coord v r. The Euclidean tails are written out as sums, tailSq v 1 =∥v2:n∥2=\|v_{2:n}\|^2=∥v2:n​∥2 and tailSq v 2 =∥v3:n∥2=\|v_{3:n}\|^2=∥v3:n​∥2; Mathlib's norm on Fin d → ℝ is the sup norm and is never used. Points of KKK are stored block by block, x : (i : Fin k) → Fin (n i) → ℝ, with a cone kind kind i ∈ {nonneg, quad, rot} per block; xTsx^TsxTs is ∑ixi⋅si\sum_i x^i\cdot s^i∑i​xi⋅si, and the block-diagonal XXX, SSS are represented by their blocks. Tmat, Qmat, arrow and e1 are defined entrywise from (16)–(19) and p. 9.

Standing assumptions and additions:

  • The paper never states block dimensions; every theorem assumes WellFormed: ni=1n^i=1ni=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​, ni≥1n^i\ge1ni≥1 for KqK^qKq, ni≥2n^i\ge2ni≥2 for KrK^rKr (the rotated cone needs x1x_1x1​ and x2x_2x2​).
  • "x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K" is taken literally; KKK is self-dual, so no separate dual cone is introduced.
  • The milestones 8 and 9 carry the page's case hypotheses (Tixi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​=0, (Tisi)1≠0(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tisi)1​=0.
  • The printed upper limit nnn in (61) is read as kkk; "(x; τ), (s; κ) ∈ N(1)" in Lemma 3.2 ii) is read as (x,τ,s,κ)∈N(1)(x,\tau,s,\kappa)\in\mathcal N(1)(x,τ,s,κ)∈N(1).

The goal is stated with arrow and Tmat, not with the unfolded vector ((Tixi)TTisi; (Tixi)1(Tisi)2:n+(Tisi)1(Tixi)2:n)((T^ix^i)^TT^is^i;\ (T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_{2:n}+(T^is^i)_1(T^ix^i)_{2:n})((Tixi)TTisi; (Tixi)1​(Tisi)2:n​+(Tisi)1​(Tixi)2:n​): replacing the arrow-head matrices by that vector, or dropping the rotated cone, would remove the content the lemma is about. Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on tailSq (Cauchy–Schwarz for tails, its equality case) and on the arrow-head matrix.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003), 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
  • M. S. Lobo, L. Vandenberghe, S. Boyd, H. Lebret, Applications of second-order cone programming, Linear Algebra and its Applications 284 (1998), 193–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0024-3795(98)10032-0
  • Yu. E. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998), 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization I: Solutions of the Homogeneous Model Are Complementary and Give an Optimal Pair or an Infeasibility CertificateResearch Paper

Motivation

Conic optimization minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a closed convex cone. Linear programming (the nonnegative orthant), second-order cone programming (products of quadratic cones) and semidefinite programming (the positive semidefinite cone) are all instances. Primal–dual interior-point methods are the standard algorithms for these problems, and production solvers for conic quadratic optimization, such as the MOSEK solver described by Andersen, Roos and Terlaky (Math. Program. 95 (2003)), are built on them.

The classical primal–dual method assumes that both the primal and the dual problem have strictly feasible points. A practical solver cannot assume this: it must also recognize infeasible problems and return a certificate. The device that handles this is the homogeneous model, introduced by Goldman and Tucker for linear programming (1956) and used in interior-point form by Ye, Todd and Mizuno (Math. Oper. Res. 19 (1994)). The model embeds the primal–dual pair into a larger homogeneous system that always has solutions; a solution with a positive homogenizing variable yields an optimal pair, and one with a positive slack variable yields an infeasibility certificate. Section 2 of Andersen, Roos and Terlaky states this generalization to an arbitrary pointed closed convex cone, and this mission formalizes it.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×nA \in \mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc \in \mathbb R^nc∈Rn, and let K⊆RnK \subseteq \mathbb R^nK⊆Rn be a pointed closed convex cone: closed, convex, closed under multiplication by nonnegative scalars, and pointed, K∩(−K)={0}K \cap (-K) = \{0\}K∩(−K)={0} (it contains 000, and x∈Kx \in Kx∈K and −x∈K-x \in K−x∈K imply x=0x = 0x=0). Its dual cone is

K∗:={ s∈Rn:sTx≥0 for all x∈K }.K_* := \{\, s \in \mathbb R^n : s^Tx \ge 0 \text{ for all } x \in K \,\}.K∗​:={s∈Rn:sTx≥0 for all x∈K}.

The primal problem is (P)(P)(P): minimize cTxc^TxcTx subject to Ax=bAx = bAx=b, x∈Kx \in Kx∈K. The dual problem is (D)(D)(D): maximize bTyb^TybTy subject to ATy+s=cA^Ty + s = cATy+s=c, s∈K∗s \in K_*s∈K∗​. A point satisfying the constraints is feasible; a feasible point is optimal if no feasible point has a better objective value; a problem without feasible points is infeasible. (P)(P)(P) is strictly feasible if some xxx with Ax=bAx = bAx=b lies in the interior of KKK, and (D)(D)(D) if some (y,s)(y,s)(y,s) with ATy+s=cA^Ty + s = cATy+s=c has sss in the interior of K∗K_*K∗​.

The homogeneous model (7) of the paper asks for (x,τ,y,s,κ)(x, \tau, y, s, \kappa)(x,τ,y,s,κ) with

Ax−bτ=0,ATy+s−cτ=0,−cTx+bTy−κ=0,Ax - b\tau = 0,\qquad A^Ty + s - c\tau = 0,\qquad -c^Tx + b^Ty - \kappa = 0,Ax−bτ=0,ATy+s−cτ=0,−cTx+bTy−κ=0, x∈K, τ≥0,s∈K∗, κ≥0.x \in K,\ \tau \ge 0,\qquad s \in K_*,\ \kappa \ge 0.x∈K, τ≥0,s∈K∗​, κ≥0.

The quantity xTs+τκx^Ts + \tau\kappaxTs+τκ is its complementarity gap. In the Lean development these objects are dualCone, PrimalFeasible, DualFeasible, PrimalOptimal, DualOptimal, PrimalInfeasible, DualInfeasible and HomFeasible, all in the namespace ConicQuadIPM.Homogeneous.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.1 (p. 6)

For every solution (x∗,τ∗,y∗,s∗,κ∗)(x^*, \tau^*, y^*, s^*, \kappa^*)(x∗,τ∗,y∗,s∗,κ∗) of (7):

(i)(x∗)Ts∗+τ∗κ∗=0;\text{(i)}\quad (x^*)^Ts^* + \tau^*\kappa^* = 0;(i)(x∗)Ts∗+τ∗κ∗=0; (ii)τ∗>0  ⟹  x∗/τ∗ is optimal for (P) and (y∗,s∗)/τ∗ is optimal for (D);\text{(ii)}\quad \tau^* > 0 \implies x^*/\tau^* \text{ is optimal for } (P) \text{ and } (y^*, s^*)/\tau^* \text{ is optimal for } (D);(ii)τ∗>0⟹x∗/τ∗ is optimal for (P) and (y∗,s∗)/τ∗ is optimal for (D); (iii)κ∗>0  ⟹  bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0;  bTy∗>0⇒(P) infeasible;  cTx∗<0⇒(D) infeasible.\text{(iii)}\quad \kappa^* > 0 \implies b^Ty^* > 0 \ \text{or}\ c^Tx^* < 0;\ \ b^Ty^* > 0 \Rightarrow (P) \text{ infeasible};\ \ c^Tx^* < 0 \Rightarrow (D) \text{ infeasible}.(iii)κ∗>0⟹bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0;  bTy∗>0⇒(P) infeasible;  cTx∗<0⇒(D) infeasible.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1, weak duality (p. 4): for feasible xxx and (y,s)(y,s)(y,s), cTx−bTy=xTs≥0c^Tx - b^Ty = x^Ts \ge 0cTx−bTy=xTs≥0.
  2. Lemma 2.1 i) on its own.
  3. Theorem 2.1, primal infeasibility (5): s∈K∗s \in K_*s∈K∗​, ATy+s=0A^Ty + s = 0ATy+s=0, bTy>0b^Ty > 0bTy>0 imply that (P)(P)(P) is infeasible.
  4. Theorem 2.1, dual infeasibility (6): x∈Kx \in Kx∈K, Ax=0Ax = 0Ax=0, cTx<0c^Tx < 0cTx<0 imply that (D)(D)(D) is infeasible.
  5. From the proof of Lemma 2.1: κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 forces bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0.
  6. (10): if κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0, then bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0, ATy∗+s∗=0A^Ty^* + s^* = 0ATy∗+s∗=0, s∗∈K∗s^* \in K_*s∗∈K∗​.
  7. (11): if κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0, then cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0, Ax∗=0Ax^* = 0Ax∗=0, x∗∈Kx^* \in Kx∗∈K.
  8. Theorem 2.1, strong duality (p. 4): if one side is strictly feasible with a bounded objective, then (x,y,s)(x, y, s)(x,y,s) is optimal if and only if it is feasible with cTx−bTy=xTs=0c^Tx - b^Ty = x^Ts = 0cTx−bTy=xTs=0.

Significance

Lemma 2.1 is the correctness statement behind every homogeneous-model interior-point solver for conic problems: whatever solution with τ∗+κ∗>0\tau^* + \kappa^* > 0τ∗+κ∗>0 the algorithm approaches, it is either a scaled optimal primal–dual pair or a certificate of primal or dual infeasibility. Parts (iii) and the certificates (5)–(6) are the conic Farkas-type alternatives on which infeasibility reporting rests. The paper also notes the limit of the statement: for conic problems a solution with τ∗+κ∗>0\tau^* + \kappa^* > 0τ∗+κ∗>0 need not exist (a feasible conic quadratic pair with a nonzero duality gap is an example), unlike in linear programming.

The results are classical and proved on paper; the strong-duality part is cited from the literature rather than proved in the source. Linear-programming versions of the homogeneous-model properties exist as formal statements on the platform (from Ye–Todd–Mizuno, Vanderbei and Matoušek), but those concern the nonnegative orthant only. This mission states the general conic version over an arbitrary pointed closed convex cone, and the weak-duality and certificate statements it introduces are reusable by any later conic formalization.

Difficulty

Parts (i) and (ii) and the certificates are short arguments from the definitions; the formal work is in handling the cone axioms and the bilinear algebra cleanly. The step that is easy to overlook is in (iii): the identities ATy∗+s∗=0A^Ty^* + s^* = 0ATy∗+s∗=0 in (10) and Ax∗=0Ax^* = 0Ax∗=0 in (11) do not follow from the equations of (7) alone, because the terms cτ∗c\tau^*cτ∗ and bτ∗b\tau^*bτ∗ are present; the paper passes over this point. The strong-duality milestone is of a different order: it is a genuine conic duality theorem, cited rather than proved in the source, and it fails without the Slater-type hypothesis (feasible conic quadratic pairs with a nonzero duality gap exist).

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, uTvu^TvuTv is u ⬝ᵥ v, AxAxAx is A *ᵥ x and ATyA^TyATy is Aᵀ *ᵥ y; the paper's first coordinate is index 0. The standing assumption that KKK is a pointed closed convex cone is the hypothesis IsPointedClosedConvexCone K on every theorem, even where a proof uses less. The paper's further assumption that AAA has full row rank is stated "for convenience and without loss of generality" and is not used in any of these results; it is dropped, which makes every statement a generalization. A nonempty interior of KKK is not assumed, and no milestone except strong duality mentions interiors; there, interiors are topological interiors in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. Optimality is a predicate (feasible, and at least as good as every feasible point), never a value defined through an infimum or supremum, and infeasibility is the non-existence of a feasible point. Division by τ∗\tau^*τ∗ is scalar multiplication by (τ∗)−1(\tau^*)^{-1}(τ∗)−1 under τ∗>0\tau^* > 0τ∗>0.

A trivializing reading is excluded: part (ii) must conclude optimality of both the primal and the dual point against all feasible points, and part (iii) must conclude that the relevant problem has no feasible point, not merely the sign condition; the milestones (10) and (11) assume only κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and the respective inequality, never τ∗=0\tau^* = 0τ∗=0.

All definitions live in one module, Definitions.Def_ConicQuadIPM_Homogeneous_Setting. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof of conic strong duality in this standard form (the platform's Lagrangian conic Slater theorem may help), and reuse of weak duality and the certificates in later conic missions.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • A. J. Goldman, A. W. Tucker, Theory of linear programming, in Linear Inequalities and Related Systems, Annals of Mathematics Studies 38, Princeton University Press, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881987-005
  • Y. Ye, M. J. Todd, S. Mizuno, An O(nL)O(\sqrt n L)O(n​L)-iteration homogeneous and self-dual linear programming algorithm, Mathematics of Operations Research 19 (1994) 53–67. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.19.1.53
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion 3: With Random Right-Hand Side and Known Dual Extreme Points, the Problem Equals the Semidefinite Program (14)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic linear programs model a decision xxx taken before uncertainty is revealed, followed by a corrective recourse action once it is. The classical model needs the full probability distribution of the uncertain data, which in practice is rarely known; often only estimates of the mean and the second moments are available, and the computed plan can be sensitive to the distribution assumed. The minimax (distributionally robust) approach replaces the single distribution by the class of all distributions with given first and second moments and optimizes against the worst member of that class. Bertsimas, Doan, Natarajan and Teo (Math. Oper. Res. 35(3), 2010) combine this with risk aversion, through a piecewise-linear disutility of the second-stage cost, and determine which instances can be solved as semidefinite programs.

When the randomness sits in the right-hand side of the second stage, the paper shows that the problem is NP-hard in general (Theorem 3.1). This mission concerns the tractable special case that follows (§3.2): if the extreme points of the dual feasible region of the recourse problem are known, the whole minimax problem is one semidefinite program.

Setting

A first-stage decision x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is feasible if x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0}x\in X=\{x : Ax=b,\ x\ge 0\}x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0} and costs c′xc'xc′x. Given a recourse matrix W∈Rr×dW\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}W∈Rr×d, a technology matrix T∈Rr×nT\in\mathbb R^{r\times n}T∈Rr×n, a constant cost vector q∈Rdq\in\mathbb R^dq∈Rd and a realized right-hand side h∈Rrh\in\mathbb R^rh∈Rr, the second-stage cost is written as the optimal value of the dual of the recourse linear program,

Q(h,x)=max⁡p (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{p}\ (h-Tx)'p\quad\text{s.t.}\quad W'p\le q .Q(h,x)=pmax​ (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.

Risk aversion enters through the disutility U(t)=max⁡k=1,…,K(αkt+βk)\mathbb U(t)=\max_{k=1,\dots,K}(\alpha_k t+\beta_k)U(t)=maxk=1,…,K​(αk​t+βk​) with αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0. The right-hand side h~\tilde hh~ is random, and its distribution is only known to lie in the moment class

P={P:EP[h~]=μ, EP[h~h~′]=Q}.\mathcal P=\{P : \mathbb E_P[\tilde h]=\mu,\ \mathbb E_P[\tilde h\tilde h']=Q\}.P={P:EP​[h~]=μ, EP​[h~h~′]=Q}.

The worst-case expected disutility is Z^(x)=sup⁡P∈PEP[U(Q(h~,x))]\hat Z(x)=\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_P[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde h,x))]Z^(x)=supP∈P​EP​[U(Q(h~,x))], and the problem is

Z=min⁡x∈X(c′x+Z^(x)).Z=\min_{x\in X}\big(c'x+\hat Z(x)\big).Z=x∈Xmin​(c′x+Z^(x)).

The moment problem defining Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) has the dual (12): minimize Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​ over symmetric YYY, y∈Rry\in\mathbb R^ry∈Rr, y0∈Ry_0\in\mathbb Ry0​∈R with h′Yh+y′h+y0≥U(Q(h,x))h'Yh+y'h+y_0\ge\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(h,x))h′Yh+y′h+y0​≥U(Q(h,x)) for every hhh, where Q⋅Y=∑i,jQijYijQ\cdot Y=\sum_{i,j}Q_{ij}Y_{ij}Q⋅Y=∑i,j​Qij​Yij​.

The standing assumptions are: XXX nonempty and bounded (Assumption 1); complete recourse, {Ww:w≥0}=Rr\{Ww : w\ge 0\}=\mathbb R^r{Ww:w≥0}=Rr (Assumption 2); a nonempty dual polyhedron {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} (Assumption 3); Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′ (Assumption 4); and the extreme points p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ of {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} are known (Assumption 5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 589)

The problem is equivalent to the semidefinite program

Z^SDP=min⁡x,Y,y,y0 c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0  s.t. (Y12(y−αkpi)12(y−αkpi)′y0+αkpi′Tx−βk)⪰0  ∀k,i,Ax=b, x≥0,(14)\hat Z_{\rm SDP}=\min_{x,Y,y,y_0}\ c'x+Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \begin{pmatrix}Y & \tfrac12(y-\alpha_k p_i)\\ \tfrac12(y-\alpha_k p_i)' & y_0+\alpha_k p_i'Tx-\beta_k\end{pmatrix}\succeq 0\ \ \forall k,i,\quad Ax=b,\ x\ge 0, \tag{14}Z^SDP​=x,Y,y,y0​min​ c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​  s.t. (Y21​(y−αk​pi​)′​21​(y−αk​pi​)y0​+αk​pi′​Tx−βk​​)⪰0  ∀k,i,Ax=b, x≥0,(14)

in the sense that Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) equals the value of the per-xxx program (15) for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, and Z=Z^SDPZ=\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z=Z^SDP​, both being genuine finite infima.

Milestones (§3.1 and the proof of Theorem 3.2, pp. 588–590)

  1. Strong duality for (11)/(12): Z^(x)=Z^D(x)\hat Z(x)=\hat Z_D(x)Z^(x)=Z^D​(x).
  2. The constraints of (12) are equivalent to h′Yh+(y−αkp)′h+y0+αkp′Tx−βk≥0h'Yh+(y-\alpha_kp)'h+y_0+\alpha_kp'Tx-\beta_k\ge 0h′Yh+(y−αk​p)′h+y0​+αk​p′Tx−βk​≥0 for all hhh, all ppp with W′p≤qW'p\le qW′p≤q and all kkk.
  3. Every feasible YYY of (12) is positive semidefinite.
  4. Q(h,x)=max⁡i=1,…,N(h−Tx)′pi\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{i=1,\dots,N}(h-Tx)'p_iQ(h,x)=maxi=1,…,N​(h−Tx)′pi​.
  5. A quadratic h′Yh+2v′h+ch'Yh+2v'h+ch′Yh+2v′h+c is nonnegative on Rr\mathbb R^rRr iff the bordered matrix (Yvv′c)\begin{pmatrix}Y&v\\v'&c\end{pmatrix}(Yv′​vc​) is positive semidefinite (already proved on the platform).
  6. The feasible sets of (12) and (15) coincide, so Z^D(x)\hat Z_D(x)Z^D​(x) is the value of (15).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 turns a two-level problem — a minimum over xxx of a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions — into one convex program of polynomial size in nnn, rrr, KKK and NNN, jointly in the first-stage decision and the dual multipliers. The first-stage decision enters the linear matrix inequalities only through the corner entry y0+αkpi′Tx−βky_0+\alpha_kp_i'Tx-\beta_ky0​+αk​pi′​Tx−βk​, which is affine in xxx; this is what keeps the joint program convex. Together with the NP-hardness of the general case (Theorem 3.1), it locates the source of intractability in the enumeration of dual vertices. The same program (15) is the starting point of the construction of an extremal distribution (Theorem 3.3), which the paper uses to stress-test first-stage solutions.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, with strong duality for the moment problem cited from the literature. Nothing in this chain is formalized: neither the moment-problem duality under the interior condition Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′, nor the vertex representation of a bounded linear program over a pointed polyhedron given by its extreme points. The lemma that a nonnegative quadratic corresponds to a positive semidefinite bordered matrix is already proved on the platform and is reused.

Difficulty

The reduction from (12) to (15) is elementary once Q(h,x)=max⁡i(h−Tx)′pi\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_i(h-Tx)'p_iQ(h,x)=maxi​(h−Tx)′pi​ is available, but that identity is a genuine statement about polyhedra: the dual region {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} is unbounded, so compactness arguments such as Krein–Milman do not apply, and one needs both that the polyhedron is pointed (here a consequence of complete recourse, which forces WWW to have full row rank) and that a bounded linear objective attains its maximum at a vertex. The other substantial step is strong duality between the moment problem over measures and the semi-infinite dual (12), which requires the moment vector (μ,Q)(\mu,Q)(μ,Q) to lie in the interior of the moment cone; without Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′ a duality gap or an empty class P\mathcal PP can occur. Finally, the equality Z=Z^SDPZ=\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z=Z^SDP​ requires exchanging an infimum over xxx with the infimum over the dual variables, which needs each per-xxx program to be feasible and bounded.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin r) (Fin d) ℝ, and pieces and extreme points are indexed by Fin K and Fin N (zero-based). The paper's letter ppp is both the dimension of qqq and the dual variable; in Lean the dimension is ddd and the dual vector is π. The class P\mathcal PP consists of probability measures on Rr\mathbb R^rRr with square-integrable coordinates, mean μ\muμ and uncentred second-moment matrix QQQ, built on the published MomentDRO.Conf.Setting; the paper's densities are replaced by measures. Q(h,x)\mathcal Q(h,x)Q(h,x) is the real supremum over the dual polyhedron. Every printed min/max is a real infimum/supremum of a set of objective values, and the statements assert with IsLUB/IsGLB that these are genuine finite bounds; attainment of the minima is not claimed. YYY is required symmetric throughout. The bordered matrix is the published WorstCaseVaR.KnownMoments.bordered and ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Matrix.PosSemidef.

Readings of the source:

  • As printed, Assumption 2 (complete recourse) and Assumption 3 ("for all qqq") contradict each other when r≥1r\ge 1r≥1. The section-wise reading is used: complete recourse together with dual feasibility at the single constant qqq of §3.
  • "Assumption i" in Theorem 3.2 and in its proof is read as Assumption 5.
  • "The strong duality condition" is read as Assumption 4.
  • Assumption 5 is the hypothesis that the list p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ is exactly the set of extreme points of the dual region; "explicitly known" has no further mathematical content.
  • (11) integrates over Rp\mathbb R^pRp where Rr\mathbb R^rRr is meant.

A formalization in which Z^SDP\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z^SDP​ is defined through Z^D(x)\hat Z_D(x)Z^D​(x), or in which positive semidefiniteness is replaced by a hand-written quadratic condition, would make the goal a restatement of strong duality; (14) is stated as a single program in (x,Y,y,y0)(x,Y,y,y_0)(x,Y,y,y0​) with Matrix.PosSemidef constraints. The hypotheses of the goal are satisfiable (r=1r=1r=1, W=[1,−1]W=[1,-1]W=[1,−1], q=(1,1)q=(1,1)q=(1,1), μ=0\mu=0μ=0, Q=1Q=1Q=1, X={1}X=\{1\}X={1}).

Contributions welcome: the vertex representation of bounded linear programs over pointed polyhedra, and duality for moment problems with first and second moments, are both reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, X. V. Doan, K. Natarajan, C.-P. Teo, Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(3):580–602, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • K. Isii, On sharpness of Tchebycheff-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 14:185–197, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02868641
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 2001, pp. 135–165. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3403-4_7
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: a conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4):543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 1: Under a Support Set and a Mean Set, the Bound π¹ Equals the Worst-Case Expected Positive PartResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear decision rules are a standard device for making multistage optimization under uncertainty computationally tractable: a recourse decision is restricted to be an affine function of the uncertain data observed so far. Their weakness is that a recourse variable that must stay nonnegative forces the rule to be very conservative. Goh and Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations (Operations Research, 2010), repair this with deflected linear decision rules, in which the violated part of an affine rule is corrected and paid for. The cost of the correction is the expected positive part EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+) of an affine function of the uncertainty.

The distribution P\mathbb PP is not known. The paper assumes only partial distributional information (a support set, a set containing the mean, a covariance, directional deviations) and bounds the worst case of this expectation over every distribution consistent with that information. Such worst-case bounds go back to Scarf's 1958 mean–variance newsvendor bound and form the core of distributionally robust optimization. This mission formalizes the first bound of §5, which uses support and mean information only.

Setting

Let ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​ be a random vector in Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn (in the paper, the segregated uncertainty vector of dimension n=NEn = N_En=NE​). Two sets describe what is known about it:

  • a support set V⊆Rn\mathcal V \subseteq \mathbb R^nV⊆Rn with P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1P(ζ~​∈V)=1;
  • a mean set V^⊆Rn\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathbb R^nV⊆Rn containing the mean ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta = \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​). A known mean is the case where V^\widehat{\mathcal V}V is a single point.

The family of distributions consistent with this information is

F1={P:ζ^=EP(ζ~)∈V^, P(ζ~∈V)=1}.\mathbb F_1 = \{\mathbb P : \hat\zeta = \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta) \in \widehat{\mathcal V},\ \mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1\}.F1​={P:ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​)∈V, P(ζ~​∈V)=1}.

For data r0∈Rr^0 \in \mathbb Rr0∈R and r∈Rnr \in \mathbb R^nr∈Rn the worst-case value is sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+), with x+=max⁡{x,0}x^+ = \max\{x, 0\}x+=max{x,0}. The paper's candidate for this value is the deterministic quantity of (21),

π1(r0,r)=inf⁡s∈RnΦ(s),Φ(s)=sup⁡ζ^∈V^{s′ζ^}+sup⁡ζ∈Vmax⁡{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ, −s′ζ}.\pi^1(r^0, r) = \inf_{s \in \mathbb R^{n}} \Phi(s), \qquad \Phi(s) = \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \widehat{\mathcal V}} \{s'\hat\zeta\} + \sup_{\zeta \in \mathcal V} \max\{r^0 + r'\zeta - s'\zeta,\ -s'\zeta\}.π1(r0,r)=s∈Rninf​Φ(s),Φ(s)=ζ^​∈Vsup​{s′ζ^​}+ζ∈Vsup​max{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ, −s′ζ}.

Both quantities live in the extended reals: following the paper (p. 909), an infeasible maximization has value −∞-\infty−∞ and an infeasible minimization +∞+\infty+∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 909)

For closed convex V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V with V^∩int⁡V≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \cap \operatorname{int} \mathcal V \neq \emptysetV∩intV=∅, and all r0,rr^0, rr0,r,

sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)=π1(r0,r).\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big) = \pi^1(r^0, r).P∈F1​sup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)=π1(r0,r).

Milestones

  1. Upper-bound part of Theorem 1. sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π1(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+) \le \pi^1(r^0, r)supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π1(r0,r), for arbitrary sets V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V.
  2. Remark after Theorem 1, first case (p. 910). If V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V is nonempty and r0+r′ζ≥0r^0 + r'\zeta \ge 0r0+r′ζ≥0 on V\mathcal VV, then the worst-case value equals r0+sup⁡ζ^∈V^r′ζ^r^0 + \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \widehat{\mathcal V}} r'\hat\zetar0+supζ^​∈V​r′ζ^​, and Φ(r)=π1(r0,r)\Phi(r) = \pi^1(r^0, r)Φ(r)=π1(r0,r).
  3. Remark after Theorem 1, second case (p. 910). If V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V is nonempty and r0+r′ζ≤0r^0 + r'\zeta \le 0r0+r′ζ≤0 on V\mathcal VV, then the worst-case value is 000, and Φ(0)=π1(r0,r)=0\Phi(0) = \pi^1(r^0, r) = 0Φ(0)=π1(r0,r)=0.
  4. Tightness part of Theorem 1. Under the goal's hypotheses, π1(r0,r)≤sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\pi^1(r^0, r) \le \sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)π1(r0,r)≤supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+).

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 1 converts an optimization over an infinite-dimensional set of probability measures into a finite-dimensional convex program over the given sets. When V\mathcal VV and V^\widehat{\mathcal V}V are representable by linear and second-order cone constraints, the epigraph of π1\pi^1π1 is a pair of robust constraints over those sets and is again tractable (Remark, p. 910). The bound is tight, so no better bound can be built from support and mean information alone. In the paper, π1\pi^1π1 is one of three building blocks; their infimal convolution (Theorem 4) prices the deflection in the deflected linear decision rules of §6, and the experiments there compare these rules against plain linear decision rules.

Formalizing it. The proof of Theorem 1 is in the paper's online appendix, not in the main text. A search of the Prove2Me library (October 2026) found no formal statement of this or any other mean-and-support bound. A formal proof has to settle the extended-real bookkeeping (empty families, unbounded suprema) and the exact hypotheses under which tightness holds. As printed, the theorem omits a condition: with no constraint qualification it fails when F1\mathbb F_1F1​ is empty, which can happen for disjoint closed convex sets. This mission states the corrected version.

Difficulty

The upper-bound part is weak duality and needs no structure on the sets. The difficulty is tightness. It amounts to a strong-duality statement between the worst case over distributions and the infimum over the multiplier sss, and strong duality for convex problems over unbounded sets needs a constraint qualification. Two obvious approaches fail. The first is to search for a single worst-case distribution: for unbounded V\mathcal VV the supremum over F1\mathbb F_1F1​ is generally not attained, and it may be +∞+\infty+∞. The second is to restrict to compact V\mathcal VV, which excludes the paper's main use, a segregation of an unbounded support such as (−∞,−1]∪[−1,1]∪[1,∞)(-\infty, -1] \cup [-1, 1] \cup [1, \infty)(−∞,−1]∪[−1,1]∪[1,∞). Mathlib has separating-hyperplane theorems but no Fenchel duality theorem, so this duality has to be built.

Formalization scope

  • A distribution is a measure PPP on Fin n → ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure P, and the random vector is the identity map. Every coordinate is required to be PPP-integrable, so the mean is a genuine expectation; the mean is MomentDRO.Conf.meanVec from the published definition MomentDRO_Conf_Setting.
  • P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1P(ζ~​∈V)=1 is the almost-everywhere statement ∀ᵐ ζ ∂P, ζ ∈ V, which needs no measurability of V\mathcal VV.
  • The positive part is max (r0 + r ⬝ᵥ ζ) 0.
  • The worst-case value, both suprema and the infimum in (21) are taken in EReal. An empty supremum is −∞-\infty−∞, an empty infimum +∞+\infty+∞, and an unbounded supremum +∞+\infty+∞. The paper's "inf" is ⨅; attainment is claimed only where the Remark claims it, via the objective Φ\PhiΦ (pi1Obj) at s=rs = rs=r and s=0s = 0s=0.
  • The paper's tractable conic representable sets are modelled as closed and convex sets. The goal and its tightness part also assume V^∩int⁡V≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \cap \operatorname{int}\mathcal V \ne \emptysetV∩intV=∅. This condition is not on the page; it is consistent with the paper's full-dimensionality assumptions (pp. 905–906), and it implies F1≠∅\mathbb F_1 \neq \emptysetF1​=∅.
  • The Remark's two cases assume V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V and V^≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \ne \emptysetV=∅. The paper's construction of V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V from one set H\mathcal HH (§4.5) gives the inclusion, and without it the first case is false.
  • The segregation map, the matrices FFF, ggg and the set H\mathcal HH of §4 are context only and are not formalized: the theorem is stated for an arbitrary random vector with the listed properties.
  • A real-valued supremum, a family without integrability (for which the mean would be a junk value), or a π1\pi^1π1 defined through the worst case would each trivialize the statement; the definitions avoid all three, and π1\pi^1π1 is defined directly from the sets.

Needed infrastructure: finite mixtures of Dirac masses as members of F1\mathbb F_1F1​, integration of almost-surely bounded functions, separation of convex sets in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and a Fenchel-type duality for a concave function over a closed convex set under an interior-point condition. The duality and the concave-envelope facts are reusable well beyond this mission, including for Theorems 2–4 of the same paper. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on extended-real suprema of integrals, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Goh and M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4, Part 1 of 2):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • H. Scarf, A Min–Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in K. Arrow, ed., Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958, 201–209.
  • W. Chen and M. Sim, Goal-Driven Optimization, Operations Research 57(2):342–357, 2009 (cited by the paper for the infimal convolution of bounds).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (Theorem 31.1, Fenchel duality). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion 1: With Random Objective, the Risk-Averse Minimax Problem Equals the Semidefinite Program (7)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic linear programs choose a first-stage decision xxx before a random parameter is revealed and a recourse decision www afterwards. The classical model assumes the distribution of the random data is known. In practice it is estimated, and often only its first two moments are trusted. The minimax (distributionally robust) approach hedges against this ambiguity by minimizing the worst-case expected cost over all distributions consistent with the known information; it goes back to Žáčková (1966) and Dupačová (1987). A second concern is risk: a decision maker who is not risk neutral evaluates the random second-stage cost through a nondecreasing convex disutility, not through its mean.

Bertsimas, Doan, Natarajan and Teo (Math. Oper. Res. 35(3), 2010) combine both: the distribution of the second-stage data is known only through its mean and second-moment matrix, and the second-stage cost is passed through a piecewise-linear convex disutility. For the case where the randomness is in the objective of the second-stage problem, they show that the resulting minimax problem is exactly a single semidefinite program of polynomial size. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 2.1 of the paper, and the steps of its proof.

Setting

The first-stage feasible region is X={x∈Rn:Ax=b, x≥0}X=\{x\in\mathbb R^n : Ax=b,\ x\ge 0\}X={x∈Rn:Ax=b, x≥0} for A∈Rm1×nA\in\mathbb R^{m_1\times n}A∈Rm1​×n, b∈Rm1b\in\mathbb R^{m_1}b∈Rm1​, with first-stage cost vector c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn. Given a recourse matrix W∈Rr×dW\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}W∈Rr×d, a technology matrix T∈Rr×nT\in\mathbb R^{r\times n}T∈Rr×n and h∈Rrh\in\mathbb R^rh∈Rr, the recourse set of xxx is X(x)={w∈Rd:Ww=h−Tx, w≥0}X(x)=\{w\in\mathbb R^d : Ww=h-Tx,\ w\ge 0\}X(x)={w∈Rd:Ww=h−Tx, w≥0}. For an objective vector q∈Rdq\in\mathbb R^dq∈Rd, the second-stage cost is the value of a linear program,

Q(q,x)=min⁡w q′ws.t.Ww=h−Tx, w≥0.\mathcal Q(q,x)=\min_{w}\ q'w\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ww=h-Tx,\ w\ge 0 .Q(q,x)=wmin​ q′ws.t.Ww=h−Tx, w≥0.

The disutility is U(t)=max⁡k=1,…,K(αkt+βk)\mathbb U(t)=\max_{k=1,\dots,K}(\alpha_k t+\beta_k)U(t)=maxk=1,…,K​(αk​t+βk​) with αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0, a nondecreasing convex piecewise-linear function; K=1K=1K=1, α1=1\alpha_1=1α1​=1, β1=0\beta_1=0β1​=0 is the risk-neutral case.

The objective q~\tilde qq~​ of the second stage is random, the right-hand side hhh is constant. The moment class P\mathcal PP consists of all probability distributions of q~\tilde qq~​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with EP[q~]=μ\mathbb E_P[\tilde q]=\muEP​[q~​]=μ and EP[q~q~′]=Q\mathbb E_P[\tilde q\tilde q']=QEP​[q~​q~​′]=Q. The problem studied is

Z=min⁡x∈X(c′x+Z(x)),Z(x)=sup⁡P∈PEP[U(Q(q~,x))].(2)Z=\min_{x\in X}\Big(c'x+Z(x)\Big),\qquad Z(x)=\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_P\big[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde q,x))\big]. \tag{2}Z=x∈Xmin​(c′x+Z(x)),Z(x)=P∈Psup​EP​[U(Q(q~​,x))].(2)

The inner supremum is an infinite-dimensional linear program over distributions (the paper's (5)). Its dual (6) is the semi-infinite program

ZD(x)=min⁡Y,y,y0 Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0s.t.q′Yq+q′y+y0≥U(Q(q,x))  ∀q∈Rd,Z_D(x)=\min_{Y,y,y_0}\ Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\quad\text{s.t.}\quad q'Yq+q'y+y_0\ge\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(q,x))\ \ \forall q\in\mathbb R^d,ZD​(x)=Y,y,y0​min​ Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​s.t.q′Yq+q′y+y0​≥U(Q(q,x))  ∀q∈Rd,

over symmetric YYY, where Q⋅Y=∑i,jQijYijQ\cdot Y=\sum_{i,j}Q_{ij}Y_{ij}Q⋅Y=∑i,j​Qij​Yij​. The paper's standing assumptions are: XXX is nonempty and bounded (Assumption 1); complete recourse (Assumption 2); {π∈Rr:W′π≤q}≠∅\{\pi\in\mathbb R^r : W'\pi\le q\}\neq\emptyset{π∈Rr:W′π≤q}=∅ for all qqq (Assumption 3); and Q−μμ′≻0Q-\mu\mu'\succ 0Q−μμ′≻0 (Assumption 4).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

Under the assumptions, with Mk=(Y12(y−αkwk)12(y−αkwk)′y0−βk)M_k=\begin{pmatrix}Y&\frac12(y-\alpha_k w_k)\\ \frac12(y-\alpha_k w_k)'&y_0-\beta_k\end{pmatrix}Mk​=(Y21​(y−αk​wk​)′​21​(y−αk​wk​)y0​−βk​​),

Z=ZSDP=min⁡x,Y,y,y0,wk c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0  s.t.  Mk⪰0, Wwk+Tx=h, wk≥0 (k=1,…,K), Ax=b, x≥0,(7)Z=Z_{\mathrm{SDP}}=\min_{x,Y,y,y_0,w_k}\ c'x+Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ M_k\succeq 0,\ Ww_k+Tx=h,\ w_k\ge0\ (k=1,\dots,K),\ Ax=b,\ x\ge 0, \tag{7}Z=ZSDP​=x,Y,y,y0​,wk​min​ c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​  s.t.  Mk​⪰0, Wwk​+Tx=h, wk​≥0 (k=1,…,K), Ax=b, x≥0,(7)

and, for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, Z(x)Z(x)Z(x) equals the value of the program (8) obtained from (7) by fixing xxx. The Lean goal also asserts that both ZZZ and ZSDPZ_{\mathrm{SDP}}ZSDP​ are genuine greatest lower bounds of their sets of objective values.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Weak duality Z(x)≤ZD(x)Z(x)\le Z_D(x)Z(x)≤ZD​(x) (§2.1, p. 583).
  2. Strong duality Z(x)=ZD(x)Z(x)=Z_D(x)Z(x)=ZD​(x) under Assumption 4 (§2.1, p. 583, citing Isii).
  3. Any (Y,y,y0)(Y,y,y_0)(Y,y,y0​) satisfying the kkk-th constraint (Ck)(\mathcal C_k)(Ck​) of (6) has Y⪰0Y\succeq 0Y⪰0.
  4. Under Assumption 3, X(x)X(x)X(x) is bounded and convex.
  5. The minimax exchange inf⁡qmax⁡w∈X(x)=max⁡w∈X(x)inf⁡q\inf_q\max_{w\in X(x)}=\max_{w\in X(x)}\inf_qinfq​maxw∈X(x)​=maxw∈X(x)​infq​ for q′Yq+q′y+y0−αkq′w−βkq'Yq+q'y+y_0-\alpha_kq'w-\beta_kq′Yq+q′y+y0​−αk​q′w−βk​.
  6. (Ck)(\mathcal C_k)(Ck​) holds iff a single wk∈X(x)w_k\in X(x)wk​∈X(x) satisfies the inequality for every qqq.
  7. The matrix inequality form: a quadratic [q;1]′M[q;1][q;1]'M[q;1][q;1]′M[q;1] is nonnegative for all qqq iff M⪰0M\succeq 0M⪰0 (a published, proved theorem, referenced).
  8. The dual (6) and the semidefinite program (8) have the same objective values (p. 584).

Significance

Theorem 2.1 turns a minimax problem over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions, with a nonlinear risk measure applied to an LP value function, into one semidefinite program whose size is polynomial in nnn, ddd, rrr and KKK. Off-the-shelf interior-point solvers then compute the risk-averse minimax decision, and the dual of (8) yields an explicit worst-case distribution (Theorem 2.2, formalized in the companion mission). The paper contrasts this with Delage and Ye's ellipsoid-method result, which covers a larger class of functions but gives no single compact program, and with the random right-hand-side case, which it shows to be NP-hard.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematics. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of it is formalized: no moment-problem duality theorem, no reformulation of a distributionally robust two-stage program, and no instance of the S-lemma-type step "∀q ∃w\forall q\ \exists w∀q ∃w becomes ∃w ∀q\exists w\ \forall q∃w ∀q" exist in machine-checked form. A complete development would provide the moment-problem strong duality for a specific continuous integrand with linear growth, which other distributionally robust optimization results reuse.

Difficulty

The obvious argument dualizes the moment problem and then substitutes the formula for Q\mathcal QQ. Two steps resist this. First, strong duality for the moment problem is not a finite-dimensional LP fact: it needs the moment vector (μ,Q)(\mu,Q)(μ,Q) to lie in the interior of the moment cone, and passing from that to "no duality gap" requires a separation argument in an infinite-dimensional space together with integrability of the integrand under every distribution with finite second moments. Second, constraint (6) is a "for every qqq there is a www" statement, because Q(q,x)\mathcal Q(q,x)Q(q,x) is a minimum over www. Replacing it with one wkw_kwk​ that works for all qqq is not a formal manipulation: it needs Y⪰0Y\succeq 0Y⪰0, which is not a constraint of (6) but a consequence of it, then a minimax theorem with the compact side X(x)X(x)X(x), then attainment of the outer maximum. Both the boundedness of X(x)X(x)X(x) and the convexity in qqq are derived, not assumed.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin r) (Fin d) ℝ; indices kkk run over Fin K with K≥1K\ge 1K≥1. The paper's letter ppp denotes both the dimension of qqq and the LP dual vector; here the dimension is ddd and dual vectors are π\piπ. Distributions are probability measures with square-integrable coordinates (the platform's MomentDRO.Conf moment objects), not the densities written in (5). Every printed min/max is a real infimum/supremum of the set of objective values; attainment is not claimed except where a statement says so. Q(q,x)\mathcal Q(q,x)Q(q,x) is a real infimum and is only used where X(x)≠∅X(x)\neq\emptysetX(x)=∅ and Assumption 3 hold, which make it finite. Positive semidefiniteness is Matrix.PosSemidef on matrices indexed by Fin d ⊕ Fin 1. The minimax exchange is stated in EReal, since inf⁡q\inf_qinfq​ can be −∞-\infty−∞.

As printed, Assumptions 2 and 3 contradict each other whenever r≥1r\ge1r≥1: complete recourse produces a nonzero u≥0u\ge0u≥0 with Wu=0Wu=0Wu=0, and Assumption 3 at q=−uq=-uq=−u is then infeasible. A statement assuming both would be vacuous. The formalization therefore uses what the proof of Theorem 2.1 uses: Assumption 3 for all qqq, and X(x)≠∅X(x)\neq\emptysetX(x)=∅ for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X in place of Assumption 2. The hypotheses of the goal are satisfiable (e.g. W=1W=1W=1, T=0T=0T=0, h=0h=0h=0, X={0}X=\{0\}X={0}, μ=0\mu=0μ=0, Q=1Q=1Q=1). Program (7) is defined as one joint program over (x,Y,y,y0,w1,…,wK)(x,Y,y,y_0,w_1,\dots,w_K)(x,Y,y,y0​,w1​,…,wK​), never through ZD(x)Z_D(x)ZD​(x), so the goal is not strong duality plus unfolding.

Needed infrastructure: integrability of LP value functions under second-moment distributions, the moment-problem strong duality, Sion's minimax theorem (available in Mathlib and on the platform), and the bordered-matrix characterization of nonnegative quadratics (already proved on the platform). Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas about LP value functions, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, X. V. Doan, K. Natarajan, C.-P. Teo, Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(3):580–602, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • K. Isii, On the sharpness of Chebyshev-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics, 185–197, 1963 (reference [15] of the paper; volume as printed there). https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • M. Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 8(1):171–176, 1958. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1958.8.171
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • J. Dupačová, The minimax approach to stochastic programming and an illustrative application, Stochastics 20(1):73–88, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1080/17442508708833436
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A D.C. Optimization Algorithm for Solving the Trust-Region Subproblem III: The DCA Step x^{k+1} = P_E(x^k − (Ax^k + b)/ρ) Is a Descent Method Whose Limit Points Are Kuhn–Tucker PointsResearch Paper

Motivation

The trust-region subproblem asks for the minimum of a quadratic function over a Euclidean ball,

(Q1)min⁡{12xTAx+bTx:∥x∥≤r},(Q_1)\qquad \min\Big\{\tfrac12 x^TAx + b^Tx : \|x\|\le r\Big\},(Q1​)min{21​xTAx+bTx:∥x∥≤r},

with AAA a real symmetric n×nn\times nn×n matrix that may be indefinite. It is solved at every iteration of a trust-region method for nonlinear optimization (Moré and Sorensen 1983; Conn, Gould and Toint 2000), so a method for it is used many thousands of times in a single run. Classical methods based on factorizations of A+λIA + \lambda IA+λI do not scale to large sparse problems.

Pham Dinh Tao and Le Thi Hoai An (SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998)) apply to (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) their DCA, a general algorithm for d.c. programs (minimizing a difference of two convex functions). For a suitable splitting of the objective, one DCA iteration is a matrix–vector product followed by a scaling onto the ball. This mission formalizes the convergence theorem for that iteration (Theorem 4.1 of the paper), together with the general DCA convergence results it is derived from (Theorem 3.7 and the Appendix).

Timeline (as recorded in the paper's introduction):

  • 1978: J. F. Toland develops the duality theory of d.c. optimization (J. Math. Anal. Appl. 66 (1978)).
  • 1988: Pham Dinh and Elbernoussi introduce the DCA based on this duality, in its subgradient form (reference [23] of the paper, Trends in Mathematical Optimization, Birkhäuser).
  • 1994: Le Thi's thesis and the authors' Rouen research report develop the DCA's convergence theory and large-scale implementations (references [7], [27] of the paper).
  • 1998: the present paper specializes the DCA to (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​), proves Theorem 4.1, and gives a restarting procedure that reaches a global solution.

Setting

Let X=RnX = \mathbb R^nX=Rn with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. For a function θ:X→R∪{+∞}\theta:X\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}θ:X→R∪{+∞}, dom⁡θ={x:θ(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom}\theta = \{x:\theta(x)<+\infty\}domθ={x:θ(x)<+∞}, and Γ0(X)\Gamma_0(X)Γ0​(X) is the set of proper, lower semicontinuous, convex functions. For θ∈Γ0(X)\theta\in\Gamma_0(X)θ∈Γ0​(X) the conjugate is θ∗(y)=sup⁡x{⟨x,y⟩−θ(x)}\theta^*(y) = \sup_x\{\langle x,y\rangle-\theta(x)\}θ∗(y)=supx​{⟨x,y⟩−θ(x)}, and the subdifferential at x∈dom⁡θx\in\operatorname{dom}\thetax∈domθ is ∂θ(x)={y:θ(z)≥θ(x)+⟨z−x,y⟩ ∀z}\partial\theta(x) = \{y : \theta(z)\ge\theta(x)+\langle z-x,y\rangle\ \forall z\}∂θ(x)={y:θ(z)≥θ(x)+⟨z−x,y⟩ ∀z}. The function θ\thetaθ is ρ\rhoρ-convex (ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0) if θ−ρ2∥⋅∥2\theta-\frac\rho2\|\cdot\|^2θ−2ρ​∥⋅∥2 is convex.

A d.c. program is (P) α=inf⁡{g(x)−h(x):x∈X}(P)\ \alpha = \inf\{g(x)-h(x): x\in X\}(P) α=inf{g(x)−h(x):x∈X} with g,h∈Γ0(X)g,h\in\Gamma_0(X)g,h∈Γ0​(X), under the convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty-(+\infty)=+\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞ and the standing inclusions dom⁡g⊂dom⁡h\operatorname{dom}g\subset\operatorname{dom}hdomg⊂domh, dom⁡h∗⊂dom⁡g∗\operatorname{dom}h^*\subset\operatorname{dom}g^*domh∗⊂domg∗. Its dual objective is h∗(y)−g∗(y)h^*(y)-g^*(y)h∗(y)−g∗(y). The simplified DCA builds two sequences from x0∈dom⁡gx^0\in\operatorname{dom}gx0∈domg:

yk∈∂h(xk),xk+1∈∂g∗(yk).y^k\in\partial h(x^k),\qquad x^{k+1}\in\partial g^*(y^k).yk∈∂h(xk),xk+1∈∂g∗(yk).

For (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) let E={x:∥x∥≤r}E = \{x:\|x\|\le r\}E={x:∥x∥≤r} (r>0r>0r>0), χE\chi_EχE​ its indicator, and f(x)=12xTAx+bTx+χE(x)f(x) = \frac12x^TAx+b^Tx+\chi_E(x)f(x)=21​xTAx+bTx+χE​(x). Fix ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 with ρI−A\rho I-AρI−A positive semidefinite and split f=g−hf = g-hf=g−h as in (16):

g(x)=12ρ∥x∥2+bTx+χE(x),h(x)=12xT(ρI−A)x.g(x) = \tfrac12\rho\|x\|^2+b^Tx+\chi_E(x),\qquad h(x) = \tfrac12x^T(\rho I-A)x.g(x)=21​ρ∥x∥2+bTx+χE​(x),h(x)=21​xT(ρI−A)x.

The resulting DCA starts at any x0∈Rnx^0\in\mathbb R^nx0∈Rn and, with wk=(ρI−A)xk−bw^k = (\rho I-A)x^k-bwk=(ρI−A)xk−b, sets xk+1=wk/ρx^{k+1} = w^k/\rhoxk+1=wk/ρ if ∥wk∥≤ρr\|w^k\|\le\rho r∥wk∥≤ρr and xk+1=r wk/∥wk∥x^{k+1} = r\,w^k/\|w^k\|xk+1=rwk/∥wk∥ otherwise; equivalently xk+1=PE(xk−1ρ(Axk+b))x^{k+1} = P_E\big(x^k-\frac1\rho(Ax^k+b)\big)xk+1=PE​(xk−ρ1​(Axk+b)). A Kuhn–Tucker point of (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) is an x∗x^*x∗ with some λ∗≥0\lambda^*\ge0λ∗≥0 such that (A+λ∗I)x∗=−b(A+\lambda^*I)x^* = -b(A+λ∗I)x∗=−b, λ∗(∥x∗∥−r)=0\lambda^*(\|x^*\|-r)=0λ∗(∥x∗∥−r)=0 and ∥x∗∥≤r\|x^*\|\le r∥x∗∥≤r.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 491)

For every run of the DCA,

f(xk+1)≤f(xk)−12(ρ+λ)∥xk+1−xk∥2,λ=λmin⁡(ρI−A),f(x^{k+1})\le f(x^k)-\tfrac12(\rho+\lambda)\|x^{k+1}-x^k\|^2,\qquad \lambda = \lambda_{\min}(\rho I-A),f(xk+1)≤f(xk)−21​(ρ+λ)∥xk+1−xk∥2,λ=λmin​(ρI−A),

f(xk)f(x^k)f(xk) decreases to a limit α′≥α\alpha'\ge\alphaα′≥α, ∥xk+1−xk∥→0\|x^{k+1}-x^k\|\to0∥xk+1−xk∥→0, and every limit point of {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} is a Kuhn–Tucker point.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. (P_k): ∂g∗(y)\partial g^*(y)∂g∗(y) is the set of minimizers of g−⟨⋅,y⟩g-\langle\cdot,y\rangleg−⟨⋅,y⟩.
  2. (18)–(19): the DCA step solves (18), is the projection (19), and is a simplified-DCA step for (16).
  3. Proposition A.1(i): (g−h)(xk+1)≤(h∗−g∗)(yk)−ρ22∥dxk∥2≤(g−h)(xk)−ρ1+ρ22∥dxk∥2(g-h)(x^{k+1})\le(h^*-g^*)(y^k)-\frac{\rho_2}2\|dx^k\|^2\le(g-h)(x^k)-\frac{\rho_1+\rho_2}2\|dx^k\|^2(g−h)(xk+1)≤(h∗−g∗)(yk)−2ρ2​​∥dxk∥2≤(g−h)(xk)−2ρ1​+ρ2​​∥dxk∥2, with its equality case.
  4. Corollary A.2(i)–(ii): the same descent with the dual decrements.
  5. Lemma A.3: continuity of hhh along sequences with bounded subgradients.
  6. Theorem 3.7(i): the descent with maxima of the four weighted steps.
  7. Theorem 3.7(iii): if α\alphaα is finite, both objectives converge to a common β≥α\beta\ge\alphaβ≥α, the steps vanish, and the Fenchel–Young gaps tend to 000.
  8. Theorem 3.7(iv): with bounded iterates, limit points pair into (x∗,y∗)∈[∂g∗(y∗)∩∂h∗(y∗)]×[∂g(x∗)∩∂h(x∗)](x^*,y^*)\in[\partial g^*(y^*)\cap\partial h^*(y^*)]\times[\partial g(x^*)\cap\partial h(x^*)](x∗,y∗)∈[∂g∗(y∗)∩∂h∗(y∗)]×[∂g(x∗)∩∂h(x∗)].
  9. The moduli of (16): ρ(g)=ρ\rho(g)=\rhoρ(g)=ρ and ρ(h)=ρ−λn\rho(h)=\rho-\lambda_nρ(h)=ρ−λn​.
  10. (20): ∂h(x∗)⊂∂g(x∗)\partial h(x^*)\subset\partial g(x^*)∂h(x∗)⊂∂g(x∗) if and only if x∗x^*x∗ is a Kuhn–Tucker point.

The equality case of Theorem 3.7(i) and Theorem 3.7(ii) (the dual descent) are included as further draft theorems.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 makes the DCA a descent method for (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) whose accumulation points satisfy the first-order conditions. That property is what the paper's restarting procedure (§4.2) builds on: at a Kuhn–Tucker point that is not a global minimizer, one eigenvector computation gives a better feasible point, and the DCA reaches a global solution after at most 2m+22m+22m+2 restarts, where mmm is the number of distinct negative eigenvalues of AAA. Theorem 3.7 is the convergence theorem for the DCA on general d.c. programs, used throughout the later DCA literature.

All of these results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has convex conjugates and subdifferentials in pieces, but no d.c. duality, no DCA and no analysis of the trust-region subproblem. This mission produces that development: a statement layer for d.c. programming with extended values, a formal proof of the general descent and criticality theorem, and its specialization to (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​).

Difficulty

Every inequality of the analysis runs over R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}. The differences g−hg-hg−h and h∗−g∗h^*-g^*h∗−g∗ need the paper's convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty-(+\infty)=+\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞, and the finiteness of each value along a run has to be derived from the standing inclusions. The hard step is the passage to limit points in Theorem 3.7(iv). Lower semicontinuity of ggg, g∗g^*g∗ and hhh gives only one-sided inequalities at a limit point, while the theorem asserts equalities of values there. The naive argument of passing to the limit in yk∈∂h(xk)y^k\in\partial h(x^k)yk∈∂h(xk) and xk+1∈∂g∗(yk)x^{k+1}\in\partial g^*(y^k)xk+1∈∂g∗(yk) fails, because xk+1x^{k+1}xk+1 and xkx^kxk need not have the same limit unless ρ1+ρ2>0\rho_1+\rho_2>0ρ1​+ρ2​>0. For (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) the specialization needs boundedness of the iterates, finiteness of α\alphaα, and the subdifferential of the indicator of the ball. None of these is a hypothesis of Theorem 4.1, so each must be proved from the run.

Formalization scope

XXX is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Extended values are EReal, and every d.c. difference is dcSub g h x, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when g(x)=+∞g(x)=+\inftyg(x)=+∞ and to g(x)−h(x)g(x)-h(x)g(x)−h(x) otherwise, because Mathlib's EReal has ⊤−⊤=⊥\top-\top=\bot⊤−⊤=⊥. Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​, subgradients and the conjugate come from published platform definitions (IsProperClosedConvex, IsSubgradient, CondatPD.FinDim.conj). The modulus of strong convexity is never defined as a supremum. Statements take explicit constants ρ1,ρ2,ρ1∗,ρ2∗\rho_1,\rho_2,\rho_1^*,\rho_2^*ρ1​,ρ2​,ρ1∗​,ρ2∗​ with "fif_ifi​ is ρi\rho_iρi​-convex", which is what the paper requires of them. Hypotheses "ρ(g)+ρ(h)>0\rho(g)+\rho(h)>0ρ(g)+ρ(h)>0" become ρ1+ρ2>0\rho_1+\rho_2>0ρ1​+ρ2​>0. The matrix AAA is a self-adjoint continuous linear operator. "λ\lambdaλ is the smallest eigenvalue of ρI−A\rho I-AρI−A" is encoded by quantifying over every μ\muμ with ρI−A⪰μI\rho I-A\succeq\mu IρI−A⪰μI. A limit point is a cluster point. The objective fff is +∞+\infty+∞ outside EEE, and the run starts from an arbitrary x0x^0x0, as on the page. Statements involving dyk−1dy^{k-1}dyk−1 are for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. Theorem 3.7(iv)'s limit identity is stated along a common convergent subsequence, as in its proof.

Ruled out: the goal is stated for the explicit iteration a)/b) of p. 490, never for an abstract run assumed to satisfy Theorem 3.7, and it carries no hypothesis of boundedness, finite α\alphaα or convergence. A run predicate that no sequence satisfies would make everything vacuous, and a sanity file exhibits concrete runs.

Needed infrastructure: the Fenchel–Young equality and its equality case for Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ functions in EReal, subdifferential inversion y∈∂g(x)  ⟺  x∈∂g∗(y)y\in\partial g(x)\iff x\in\partial g^*(y)y∈∂g(x)⟺x∈∂g∗(y), strong-convexity versions of the subgradient inequality, and the normal cone of a Euclidean ball. These are reusable well beyond this mission and are welcome as separate contributions.

Selected references

  • Pham Dinh Tao and Le Thi Hoai An, A d.c. optimization algorithm for solving the trust-region subproblem, SIAM J. Optim. 8(2):476–505, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623494274313
  • J. F. Toland, Duality in nonconvex optimization, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 66(2):399–415, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(78)90243-3
  • J. J. Moré and D. C. Sorensen, Computing a trust region step, SIAM J. Sci. Statist. Comput. 4(3):553–572, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/0904038
  • A. R. Conn, N. I. M. Gould and Ph. L. Toint, Trust-Region Methods, SIAM, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719857
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A D.C. Optimization Algorithm for Solving the Trust-Region Subproblem II: D.C. Duality Carries a Local Minimizer x* of g − h to a Local Minimizer y* ∈ ∂h(x*) of h* − g*Research Paper

Why local minimizers of d.c. programs matter

A d.c. program minimizes a difference of two convex functions,

α=inf⁡{g(x)−h(x):x∈Rn},\alpha = \inf\{g(x) - h(x) : x \in \mathbb R^n\},α=inf{g(x)−h(x):x∈Rn},

with ggg and hhh proper, lower semicontinuous and convex. Every twice continuously differentiable function is d.c. on compact convex sets, so the class covers most smooth nonconvex optimization, and it includes the trust-region subproblem min⁡{12x⊤Ax+b⊤x:∥x∥≤r}\min\{\tfrac12 x^\top A x + b^\top x : \|x\| \le r\}min{21​x⊤Ax+b⊤x:∥x∥≤r} that motivates the paper of Pham Dinh Tao and Le Thi Hoai An (SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998) 476–505). Global minimization of a d.c. function is NP-hard in general, so practical algorithms, in particular the DCA of the same authors, compute local minimizers and critical points. The theory of local optimality is therefore what those algorithms can actually certify.

D.c. programs come with a dual program built from conjugate functions, inf⁡{h∗(y)−g∗(y):y∈Rn}\inf\{h^*(y) - g^*(y) : y \in \mathbb R^n\}inf{h∗(y)−g∗(y):y∈Rn}, which has the same optimal value. Toland (J. Math. Anal. Appl. 66 (1978)) showed that global solutions correspond under this duality. For local solutions the correspondence is subtler, and §3.2 of the paper gives conditions under which a local minimizer of the primal produces one of the dual. Toland's earlier version required g∗g^*g∗ to be differentiable on the whole space; Corollary 3.5 of the paper needs only a condition at the single point y∗y^*y∗.

Setting

Let X=RnX = \mathbb R^nX=Rn with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥; the dual space YYY is identified with XXX. Functions take values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R \cup \{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}. Γ0(X)\Gamma_0(X)Γ0​(X) is the set of proper lower semicontinuous convex functions. For θ∈Γ0(X)\theta \in \Gamma_0(X)θ∈Γ0​(X):

  • the effective domain is dom⁡θ={x:θ(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom}\theta = \{x : \theta(x) < +\infty\}domθ={x:θ(x)<+∞};
  • the conjugate is θ∗(y)=sup⁡{⟨x,y⟩−θ(x):x∈X}\theta^*(y) = \sup\{\langle x, y\rangle - \theta(x) : x \in X\}θ∗(y)=sup{⟨x,y⟩−θ(x):x∈X};
  • the subdifferential at x0∈dom⁡θx_0 \in \operatorname{dom}\thetax0​∈domθ is ∂θ(x0)={y:θ(x)≥θ(x0)+⟨x−x0,y⟩ ∀x}\partial\theta(x_0) = \{y : \theta(x) \ge \theta(x_0) + \langle x - x_0, y\rangle\ \forall x\}∂θ(x0​)={y:θ(x)≥θ(x0​)+⟨x−x0​,y⟩ ∀x}, empty outside dom⁡θ\operatorname{dom}\thetadomθ; dom⁡∂θ\operatorname{dom}\partial\thetadom∂θ is the set where it is nonempty.

Differences are taken under the convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty - (+\infty) = +\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞. Throughout, g,h∈Γ0(X)g, h \in \Gamma_0(X)g,h∈Γ0​(X) satisfy the standing inclusions

dom⁡g⊂dom⁡h,dom⁡h∗⊂dom⁡g∗.(3)\operatorname{dom} g \subset \operatorname{dom} h, \qquad \operatorname{dom} h^* \subset \operatorname{dom} g^*. \tag{3}domg⊂domh,domh∗⊂domg∗.(3)

A point x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimizer of g−hg - hg−h if g(x∗)−h(x∗)g(x^*) - h(x^*)g(x∗)−h(x∗) is finite and there is a neighbourhood UUU of x∗x^*x∗ with g(x∗)−h(x∗)≤g(x)−h(x)g(x^*) - h(x^*) \le g(x) - h(x)g(x∗)−h(x∗)≤g(x)−h(x) for all x∈Ux \in Ux∈U (display (4) of the paper); under the convention this is the same as requiring it for x∈U∩dom⁡gx \in U \cap \operatorname{dom} gx∈U∩domg. It is a critical point if ∂g(x∗)∩∂h(x∗)≠∅\partial g(x^*) \cap \partial h(x^*) \ne \emptyset∂g(x∗)∩∂h(x∗)=∅. The set Pl={x∗:∂h(x∗)⊂∂g(x∗)}\mathcal P_l = \{x^* : \partial h(x^*) \subset \partial g(x^*)\}Pl​={x∗:∂h(x∗)⊂∂g(x∗)} collects the points satisfying the classical necessary condition. "Local minimizer of h∗−g∗h^* - g^*h∗−g∗" is the same definition applied to the dual pair (h∗,g∗)(h^*, g^*)(h∗,g∗).

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 3.5 (p. 485)

Let x∗∈dom⁡gx^* \in \operatorname{dom} gx∗∈domg have an open neighbourhood UUU with g(x)−h(x)≥g(x∗)−h(x∗)g(x) - h(x) \ge g(x^*) - h(x^*)g(x)−h(x)≥g(x∗)−h(x∗) for all x∈U∩dom⁡gx \in U \cap \operatorname{dom} gx∈U∩domg, and let y∗∈∂h(x∗)y^* \in \partial h(x^*)y∗∈∂h(x∗). If

y∗∈int⁡(dom⁡g∗)and∂g∗(y∗)⊂U,(12)y^* \in \operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom} g^*) \quad\text{and}\quad \partial g^*(y^*) \subset U, \tag{12}y∗∈int(domg∗)and∂g∗(y∗)⊂U,(12)

then y∗y^*y∗ is a local minimizer of h∗−g∗h^* - g^*h∗−g∗.

Milestones (in the order of the paper's proof)

  1. Theorem 3.2(i) (p. 484): a local minimizer x∗x^*x∗ of g−hg - hg−h lies in Pl\mathcal P_lPl​.
  2. Inverse subgradients (proof of Corollary 3.5, p. 485): y∗∈∂h(x∗)∩∂g(x∗)y^* \in \partial h(x^*) \cap \partial g(x^*)y∗∈∂h(x∗)∩∂g(x∗) gives x∗∈∂g∗(y∗)∩∂h∗(y∗)x^* \in \partial g^*(y^*) \cap \partial h^*(y^*)x∗∈∂g∗(y∗)∩∂h∗(y∗).
  3. Upper semicontinuity of ∂g∗\partial g^*∂g∗ (proof of Corollary 3.5, p. 485): under (12) with UUU open, y∗y^*y∗ has a neighbourhood V⊂int⁡(dom⁡g∗)V \subset \operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom} g^*)V⊂int(domg∗) with ∂g∗(y)⊂U∩dom⁡g\partial g^*(y) \subset U \cap \operatorname{dom} g∂g∗(y)⊂U∩domg for every y∈Vy \in Vy∈V.
  4. Theorem 3.2(ii) (p. 484): if y∗∈∂g(x∗)∩∂h(x∗)y^* \in \partial g(x^*) \cap \partial h(x^*)y∗∈∂g(x∗)∩∂h(x∗), UUU is a neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗ with U∩dom⁡g⊂dom⁡∂hU \cap \operatorname{dom} g \subset \operatorname{dom}\partial hU∩domg⊂dom∂h, and every x∈U∩dom⁡gx \in U \cap \operatorname{dom} gx∈U∩domg has some y∈∂h(x)y \in \partial h(x)y∈∂h(x) with
h∗(y)−g∗(y)≥h∗(y∗)−g∗(y∗),h^*(y) - g^*(y) \ge h^*(y^*) - g^*(y^*),h∗(y)−g∗(y)≥h∗(y∗)−g∗(y∗),

then g(x)−h(x)≥g(x∗)−h(x∗)g(x) - h(x) \ge g(x^*) - h(x^*)g(x)−h(x)≥g(x∗)−h(x∗) on U∩dom⁡gU \cap \operatorname{dom} gU∩domg, and x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimizer.

Companion statements

  • Corollary 3.3 (p. 485): if x∗∈dom⁡gx^* \in \operatorname{dom} gx∗∈domg and ∂h(x)∩∂g(x∗)≠∅\partial h(x) \cap \partial g(x^*) \ne \emptyset∂h(x)∩∂g(x∗)=∅ for all x∈U∩dom⁡gx \in U \cap \operatorname{dom} gx∈U∩domg, then x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimizer, with the inequality on all of U∩dom⁡gU \cap \operatorname{dom} gU∩domg.
  • Corollary 3.4 (p. 485): if x∗∈int⁡(dom⁡h)x^* \in \operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom} h)x∗∈int(domh) and ∂h(x∗)⊂int⁡(∂g(x∗))\partial h(x^*) \subset \operatorname{int}(\partial g(x^*))∂h(x∗)⊂int(∂g(x∗)), then x∗x^*x∗ is a strict local minimizer.
  • The differentiable case of (12) (pp. 485–486): in the setting of the goal, if g∗g^*g∗ is differentiable at y∗y^*y∗ then ∂g∗(y∗)={x∗}\partial g^*(y^*) = \{x^*\}∂g∗(y∗)={x∗} and (12) holds.

Significance

Corollary 3.5 lets a local solution of the primal d.c. program be read off as a local solution of the dual one. This matters when the dual program is easier to handle locally, and it is the local counterpart of the global duality of Theorem 3.1. Theorem 3.2(ii), which the authors present as new, is a sufficient condition for primal local optimality stated through the dual objective. Corollaries 3.3 and 3.4 are the sufficient conditions on which the convergence analysis of the DCA rests: they explain when the critical points that the DCA reaches are in fact local minimizers, for instance when hhh is polyhedral.

These results have been proved on paper since 1997–1998 and are not open. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them produces the local optimality theory of d.c. programming on top of an extended-real convex analysis layer (conjugates, subdifferentials, the convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty - (+\infty) = +\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞), which the sibling missions of this series (global optimality, the DCA for the trust-region subproblem) can reuse.

Difficulty

Theorem 3.2 and Corollaries 3.3–3.4 are short arguments built on the Fenchel–Young inequality and its equality case. The obstacle in the goal is that the dual application of Theorem 3.2(ii) needs its hypothesis on a whole neighbourhood VVV of y∗y^*y∗, while (12) is a condition at the single point y∗y^*y∗. Bridging this requires the upper semicontinuity of the subdifferential of g∗g^*g∗ at an interior point of its domain. That rests on two facts: g∗g^*g∗ is continuous and locally bounded there, and the subdifferential is locally bounded with closed graph. Neither is in Mathlib for extended-real functions. The dual application also needs (h∗,g∗)(h^*, g^*)(h∗,g∗) to satisfy the standing assumptions, which needs biconjugation g∗∗=gg^{**} = gg∗∗=g for g∈Γ0g \in \Gamma_0g∈Γ0​, again in the extended-real setting. A first attempt that works only with finite-valued convex functions does not apply: g∗g^*g∗ is typically +∞+\infty+∞ outside a bounded set.

Formalization scope

  • The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and values are EReal. Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​, ∂\partial∂ and the conjugate are the published definitions ThreeOpSplitting.ConvexRates.IsProperClosedConvex, InertialFB.IFB.IsSubgradient and CondatPD.FinDim.conj (an EReal supremum over all of XXX). The subgradient predicate requires the base point to lie in the domain, as the paper does.
  • The paper's g(x)−h(x)g(x) - h(x)g(x)−h(x) is the function dcSub, which returns +∞+\infty+∞ whenever g(x)=+∞g(x) = +\inftyg(x)=+∞. Mathlib's EReal subtraction is not used for it, because Mathlib sets ⊤−⊤=⊥\top - \top = \bot⊤−⊤=⊥, and that would make every point outside dom⁡g\operatorname{dom} gdomg a global minimizer with value −∞-\infty−∞.
  • "Local minimizer" includes the finiteness of g(x∗)−h(x∗)g(x^*) - h(x^*)g(x∗)−h(x∗) (Mathlib's IsLocalMin is not used), and the goal's conclusion includes the finiteness of h∗(y∗)−g∗(y∗)h^*(y^*) - g^*(y^*)h∗(y∗)−g∗(y∗).
  • The standing assumptions g,h∈Γ0g, h \in \Gamma_0g,h∈Γ0​ and (3) are the structure DCStanding and are a hypothesis of every item.
  • Disclosed deviations:
    • In the goal and in milestone 3, UUU is open. The page says "a neighborhood", but its proof needs an open set containing ∂g∗(y∗)\partial g^*(y^*)∂g∗(y∗).
    • Corollary 3.3 adds x∗∈dom⁡gx^* \in \operatorname{dom} gx∗∈domg. Without it the hypothesis is vacuous when U∩dom⁡g=∅U \cap \operatorname{dom} g = \emptysetU∩domg=∅, and the conclusion fails.
    • "g∗g^*g∗ differentiable at y∗y^*y∗" is stated through a real function that agrees with g∗g^*g∗ near y∗y^*y∗.
  • The goal assumes nothing about VVV, the upper semicontinuity of ∂g∗\partial g^*∂g∗, Theorem 3.2 or the relation x∗∈∂g∗(y∗)x^* \in \partial g^*(y^*)x∗∈∂g∗(y∗). Those appear only as milestones.
  • Infrastructure that would be reusable beyond this mission, and contributions that are welcome:
    • Fenchel–Young equality for EReal-valued Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ functions;
    • biconjugation g∗∗=gg^{**} = gg∗∗=g;
    • continuity of a convex function on the interior of its domain;
    • local boundedness and upper semicontinuity of the subdifferential.

Selected references

  • Pham Dinh Tao, Le Thi Hoai An, A d.c. optimization algorithm for solving the trust-region subproblem, SIAM J. Optim. 8(2) (1998) 476–505. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623494274313
  • J. F. Toland, Duality in nonconvex optimization, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 66 (1978) 399–415. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(78)90243-3
  • Pham Dinh Tao, Le Thi Hoai An, Convex analysis approach to d.c. programming: theory, algorithms and applications, Acta Math. Vietnam. 22(1) (1997) 289–355.
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal-Dual Interior-Point Methods for Self-Scaled Cones II: The Functional-Proximity Predictor-Corrector Step Has α²/(1 − α) ≥ ω₁(Δ, κ)/ν and Boundedly Many Newton CorrectionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Primal-dual interior-point methods are the standard algorithms for linear, second-order-cone and semidefinite programming. Their best-known variants keep the iterates in a narrow neighbourhood of the central path and take short or moderately long steps whose length is fixed in advance. Practical codes instead take long steps and recentre only when needed. Nesterov and Todd (SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998) 324–364) developed a common theory of primal-dual methods for all self-scaled cones, the class that contains the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone, the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, and their products. Section 7 of that paper analyses a predictor-corrector method whose neighbourhood is defined by the functional proximity measure γF\gamma_FγF​, the conic version of the Tanabe–Todd–Ye potential. The predictor may move arbitrarily far from the central path, as measured by γF\gamma_FγF​, and a Newton corrector brings the iterate back.

Timeline:

  • 1994: Nesterov and Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, develop self-concordant barriers and logarithmically homogeneous barriers.
  • 1997: Nesterov and Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming (Math. Oper. Res. 22 (1997) 1–42), introduce self-scaled barriers and the scaling point.
  • 1998: the paper of this mission proves the symmetric primal-dual estimates and the complexity of the functional-proximity predictor-corrector method (Theorem 7.1).

Setting

Let E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn with the Euclidean inner product, and let K⊆EK\subseteq EK⊆E be a closed convex cone that is pointed and has nonempty interior. Its dual cone is K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}K^*=\{s:\langle s,x\rangle\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}. A ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier FFF for KKK is a self-concordant function on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK that tends to +∞+\infty+∞ at the boundary and satisfies (F′(x)h)2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩(F'(x)h)^2\le\nu\langle F''(x)h,h\rangle(F′(x)h)2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩ and F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x)=F(x)-\nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ. Its conjugate is F∗(s)=sup⁡{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x):x∈int⁡K}F_*(s)=\sup\{-\langle s,x\rangle-F(x):x\in\operatorname{int}K\}F∗​(s)=sup{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x):x∈intK}. FFF is self-scaled if, for all w,x∈int⁡Kw,x\in\operatorname{int}Kw,x∈intK, F′′(w)x∈int⁡K∗F''(w)x\in\operatorname{int}K^*F′′(w)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−νF_*(F''(w)x)=F(x)-2F(w)-\nuF∗​(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−ν. For x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK and s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗, the scaling point w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK satisfies F′′(w)x=sF''(w)x=sF′′(w)x=s.

The problem is min⁡{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}\min\{\langle c,x\rangle:Ax=b,\ x\in K\}min{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K} with dual max⁡{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗}\max\{\langle b,y\rangle:A^*y+s=c,\ s\in K^*\}max{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗}, where A:E→RmA:E\to\mathbb R^mA:E→Rm is surjective. A triple (x,y,s)(x,y,s)(x,y,s) is strictly feasible if x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK, s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗ and both equality constraints hold. With μ(x,s)=⟨s,x⟩/ν\mu(x,s)=\langle s,x\rangle/\nuμ(x,s)=⟨s,x⟩/ν the functional proximity measure is

γF(x,s)=F(x)+F∗(s)+νln⁡μ(x,s)+ν ≥0,\gamma_F(x,s)=F(x)+F_*(s)+\nu\ln\mu(x,s)+\nu\ \ge0,γF​(x,s)=F(x)+F∗​(s)+νlnμ(x,s)+ν ≥0,

and it vanishes exactly on the central path. The neighbourhood is F(β)={(x,y,s) strictly feasible:γF(x,s)≤β}\mathcal F(\beta)=\{(x,y,s)\ \text{strictly feasible}:\gamma_F(x,s)\le\beta\}F(β)={(x,y,s) strictly feasible:γF​(x,s)≤β}. The affine-scaling direction (px,py,ps)(p_x,p_y,p_s)(px​,py​,ps​) solves F′′(w)px+ps=sF''(w)p_x+p_s=sF′′(w)px​+ps​=s, Apx=0Ap_x=0Apx​=0, A∗py+ps=0A^*p_y+p_s=0A∗py​+ps​=0. The centering direction (dx,dy,ds)(d_x,d_y,d_s)(dx​,dy​,ds​) solves the same system with right-hand side s+μ(x,s)F′(x)s+\mu(x,s)F'(x)s+μ(x,s)F′(x). One Newton step moves by −α(dx,dy,ds)-\alpha(d_x,d_y,d_s)−α(dx​,dy​,ds​), with α=1/(1+γ∞+σˉ)\alpha=1/(1+\gamma_\infty+\bar\sigma)α=1/(1+γ∞​+σˉ), where γ∞\gamma_\inftyγ∞​ is the uniform proximity measure and σˉ=max⁡{σx(dx),σs(ds)}\bar\sigma=\max\{\sigma_x(d_x),\sigma_s(d_s)\}σˉ=max{σx​(dx​),σs​(ds​)}.

One iteration of Algorithm 7.1 starts from (x,y,s)∈F(β)(x,y,s)\in\mathcal F(\beta)(x,y,s)∈F(β). It takes the largest predictor step α\alphaα along the affine-scaling direction with γF=β+Δ\gamma_F=\beta+\DeltaγF​=β+Δ, then applies Newton steps until the iterate is back in F(β)\mathcal F(\beta)F(β).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

Let β=κ−ln⁡(1+κ)\beta=\kappa-\ln(1+\kappa)β=κ−ln(1+κ) with κ∈(0,1)\kappa\in(0,1)κ∈(0,1) and Δ>0\Delta>0Δ>0. There are constants ω1,ω2>0\omega_1,\omega_2>0ω1​,ω2​>0, depending only on Δ\DeltaΔ and κ\kappaκ, such that one iteration of Algorithm 7.1 on any self-scaled cone satisfies

⟨s+,x+⟩≤(1−α)⟨s,x⟩,α21−α≥ω1ν,α21−α≥ω2∣px∣x ∥ps∥s≥ω2ν ∣px∣x ∣ps∣s,\langle s_+,x_+\rangle\le(1-\alpha)\langle s,x\rangle,\qquad \frac{\alpha^2}{1-\alpha}\ge\frac{\omega_1}{\nu},\qquad \frac{\alpha^2}{1-\alpha}\ge\frac{\omega_2}{|p_x|_x\,\|p_s\|_s}\ge\frac{\omega_2}{\sqrt\nu\,|p_x|_x\,|p_s|_s},⟨s+​,x+​⟩≤(1−α)⟨s,x⟩,1−αα2​≥νω1​​,1−αα2​≥∣px​∣x​∥ps​∥s​ω2​​≥ν​∣px​∣x​∣ps​∣s​ω2​​,

and the corrector reaches F(β)\mathcal F(\beta)F(β) after N≤⌈Δ/(τˉ−ln⁡(1+τˉ))⌉N\le\lceil\Delta/(\bar\tau-\ln(1+\bar\tau))\rceilN≤⌈Δ/(τˉ−ln(1+τˉ))⌉ Newton steps, where τˉ=123β/(1+β)\bar\tau=\tfrac12\sqrt{3\beta/(1+\beta)}τˉ=21​3β/(1+β)​. The constants are left existential, as on the page.

Milestones

In the paper's order, the milestones are:

  • the σ-identities at the scaling point (Lemma 3.4);
  • the norm comparison ∣a∣b≤∥a∥b≤ν∣a∣b|a|_b\le\|a\|_b\le\sqrt\nu|a|_b∣a∣b​≤∥a∥b​≤ν​∣a∣b​ (Proposition 3.5);
  • the third-derivative bounds (Theorem 3.8) and the parallelogram rule (Theorem 3.11);
  • the barrier form of γF\gamma_FγF​ (Lemma 3.12);
  • the relations between the proximity measures (Theorem 4.2, (4.28)) and the comparison of metrics at xxx, sss, www (Lemma 4.3);
  • the properties of the affine-scaling direction (Lemma 5.2) and the exact change of γF\gamma_FγF​ along it (Theorem 5.3, Lemma 5.4);
  • the properties of the centering direction (Lemma 5.6) and the decrease of γF\gamma_FγF​ per Newton step (Theorem 5.7).

Significance

Theorem 7.1 gives an O(νln⁡(⟨s0,x0⟩/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(\langle s_0,x_0\rangle/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(⟨s0​,x0​⟩/ϵ)) iteration bound for a method whose predictor neighbourhood F(β+Δ)\mathcal F(\beta+\Delta)F(β+Δ) can be as wide as desired, with a bounded number of corrector steps per iteration. Inequality (7.3) also lets the step adapt to the problem: in the paper's normalisation the predictor step is at least of the order of the square root of the maximal feasible step. The same bounds apply to the narrow-neighbourhood predictor-corrector method of Section 6. One theorem covers linear, second-order-cone and semidefinite programming, with no reformulation through matrices.

The result is proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of it, or of any of the self-scaled-barrier estimates it rests on, is known. Formalizing the proof produces a reusable library of local norms, σ-measures and third-derivative bounds for self-scaled barriers, and of the proximity measures of primal-dual methods.

Difficulty

A naive argument would bound the predictor step with the usual self-concordance estimate ∣F′′′(x)[p,p,p]∣≤2∥p∥x3|F'''(x)[p,p,p]|\le2\|p\|_x^3∣F′′′(x)[p,p,p]∣≤2∥p∥x3​. That bound loses a factor ν\sqrt\nuν​ and cannot give (7.2) or (7.3). What is needed is the sharper self-scaled bound (3.14), in which one factor is the smaller norm ∣p∣x|p|_x∣p∣x​. It in turn depends on the cone being self-scaled: F′′′(x)[v]F'''(x)[v]F′′′(x)[v] must be negative semidefinite for v∈Kv\in Kv∈K, and the scaling point must exist. The other obstacle is that the change of γF\gamma_FγF​ along the affine-scaling direction must be computed exactly, not just estimated. That is the parallelogram rule (Theorem 3.11), an identity special to self-scaled barriers. The corrector bound needs a lower bound on the Newton decrement that holds uniformly outside F(β)\mathcal F(\beta)F(β), which (4.28) supplies.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces. The dual space E∗E^*E∗ is identified with EEE through the inner product. Which local norm is meant is carried by the function used:

    • lnorm G v u and dnorm G v u, with G=FG=FG=F or G=F∗G=F_*G=F∗​;
    • sigma C c u =min⁡{β≥0:βc−u∈C}=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta c-u\in C\}=min{β≥0:βc−u∈C}, with the cone CCC and the centre ccc fixed by the paper's four cases.

    Each two-form measure uses its first printed form.

  • Standing assumptions. Every statement assumes that KKK is a proper cone and that FFF is a ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier, and it also states ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1, which the paper derives. The barrier includes explicit nondegeneracy of F′′F''F′′, which also follows from the other axioms. The conjugate is a supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK and is only evaluated on int⁡K∗\operatorname{int}K^*intK∗. Assumptions (2.4)–(2.5) are implied by the strictly feasible points that the statements start from.

  • Scaling points, directions and steps are predicates given by their defining equations; nothing is computed by inverting a matrix.

  • Corrections to the page. Two printed slips are corrected, and both are disclosed:

    • the predictor point of Algorithm 7.1 is (x−αpx,y−αpy,s−αps)(x-\alpha p_x,y-\alpha p_y,s-\alpha p_s)(x−αpx​,y−αpy​,s−αps​);
    • (7.4) is stated with a ceiling, since N≥1N\ge1N≥1 while the printed right-hand side can be below 111.
  • Ruling out trivial versions. The goal does not assume any of the following; they are milestones, not hypotheses:

    • the identity (7.5);
    • the bounds of Lemma 5.4;
    • the decrease of Theorem 5.7;
    • the gap identity (5.9).

    The constants ω1,ω2\omega_1,\omega_2ω1​,ω2​ are quantified before the cone, the barrier and the data, so they cannot depend on them. The predictor step is the largest step whose whole segment stays strictly feasible.

  • Out of scope. No self-scaled barrier, existence of scaling points (T*3.2 of [NT97]), or result of Nesterov–Nemirovskii is formalized here. These and the central-path duality theorem (Theorem 4.1) are external results. Proofs that build them are welcome, as is a non-vacuity witness for the goal on the orthant of R2\mathbb R^2R2.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Math. Oper. Res. 22 (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • O. Güler, Barrier functions in interior point methods, Math. Oper. Res. 21 (1996) 860–885. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.21.4.860
22 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonlinear Proximal Point Algorithms Using Bregman Functions, with Applications to Convex Programming 5: Nonquadratic Proximal Methods of Multipliers Converge to a Saddle PointResearch Paper

Motivation

The method of multipliers (augmented Lagrangian method) solves a constrained convex program by alternating an unconstrained minimization in the primal variables with an explicit update of the Lagrange multipliers. Rockafellar showed in 1976 that the classical quadratic version is the proximal point algorithm applied to the dual problem, and that a variant which also adds a proximal term in the primal variables, the proximal method of multipliers, is the proximal point algorithm applied to the saddle operator of the Lagrangian (Rockafellar 1976, Math. Oper. Res.). The primal proximal term makes each subproblem strictly convex, so its minimizer is unique, and the theory gives convergence of the primal and dual iterates together.

Penalty functions other than the quadratic one, such as the exponential multiplier method, were used in practice and studied by Bertsekas, Kort and Tseng, but their convergence theory was separate from the proximal point framework. Eckstein's 1993 paper (Math. Oper. Res. 18(1), 202–226) replaces the squared distance in the proximal point algorithm by the D-function of a Bregman function. Its §5 obtains the first nonquadratic generalization of the proximal method of multipliers and proves that it converges to a saddle point. This mission formalizes that theorem, Theorem 8.

  • 1967: Bregman introduces D-functions for convex feasibility (Bregman 1967).
  • 1976: Rockafellar proves convergence of the quadratic method of multipliers and the proximal method of multipliers via the proximal point algorithm.
  • 1990–1992: Censor and Zenios propose the proximal minimization algorithm with D-functions.
  • 1993: Eckstein proves convergence of the Bregman proximal point algorithm for maximal monotone operators (Theorem 1) and derives nonquadratic multiplier methods (Theorems 6–8).

Setting

A convex program of the form (10) is

min⁡f(x)subject togi(x)≤0 (i=1,…,m), x∈C,\min f(x)\quad\text{subject to}\quad g_i(x)\le0\ (i=1,\dots,m),\ x\in C,minf(x)subject togi​(x)≤0 (i=1,…,m), x∈C,

where C⊆RnC\subseteq\mathbb R^nC⊆Rn is closed, nonempty and convex, and f,g1,…,gm:Rn→(−∞,+∞]f,g_1,\dots,g_m:\mathbb R^n\to(-\infty,+\infty]f,g1​,…,gm​:Rn→(−∞,+∞] are proper lower semicontinuous convex functions, finite on CCC. Write g(x)=(g1(x),…,gm(x))g(x)=(g_1(x),\dots,g_m(x))g(x)=(g1​(x),…,gm​(x)) and Ω+‾={p∈Rm:p≥0}\overline{\Omega^+}=\{p\in\mathbb R^m:p\ge0\}Ω+={p∈Rm:p≥0}. The Lagrangian is l(x,p)=f(x)+∑ipigi(x)l(x,p)=f(x)+\sum_ip_ig_i(x)l(x,p)=f(x)+∑i​pi​gi​(x) for x∈Cx\in Cx∈C, p≥0p\ge0p≥0; l(x,p)=−∞l(x,p)=-\inftyl(x,p)=−∞ for x∈Cx\in Cx∈C, p≱0p\not\ge0p≥0; l(x,p)=+∞l(x,p)=+\inftyl(x,p)=+∞ for x∉Cx\notin Cx∈/C. A saddle pair (x∗,p∗)(x^*,p^*)(x∗,p∗) satisfies l(x∗,p)≤l(x∗,p∗)≤l(x,p∗)l(x^*,p)\le l(x^*,p^*)\le l(x,p^*)l(x∗,p)≤l(x∗,p∗)≤l(x,p∗) for all x,px,px,p; the paper calls these optimal solution–Lagrange multiplier pairs. The saddle operator on Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m is K(x,p)=∂xl(x,p)×(−∂^pl(x,p))K(x,p)=\partial_xl(x,p)\times(-\hat\partial_pl(x,p))K(x,p)=∂x​l(x,p)×(−∂^p​l(x,p)), where ∂x\partial_x∂x​ is the subdifferential of the convex function l(⋅,p)l(\cdot,p)l(⋅,p) and ∂^p\hat\partial_p∂^p​ the set of supergradients of the concave function l(x,⋅)l(x,\cdot)l(x,⋅).

For a differentiable hhh, the D-function is Dh(x,y)=h(x)−h(y)−⟨∇h(y),x−y⟩D_h(x,y)=h(x)-h(y)-\langle\nabla h(y),x-y\rangleDh​(x,y)=h(x)−h(y)−⟨∇h(y),x−y⟩. A Bregman function with open zone SSS is a function h:S‾→Rh:\overline S\to\mathbb Rh:S→R, continuously differentiable on SSS, strictly convex and continuous on S‾\overline SS, whose partial level sets of DhD_hDh​ are bounded, and which satisfies two sequential conditions relating Dh→0D_h\to0Dh​→0 to convergence (Definition 1). For h:Rm→Rh:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rh:Rm→R, the monotone conjugate is h∗+(z)=sup⁡p≥0{⟨p,z⟩−h(p)}h^{*+}(z)=\sup_{p\ge0}\{\langle p,z\rangle-h(p)\}h∗+(z)=supp≥0​{⟨p,z⟩−h(p)}.

Given Bregman functions hxh_xhx​ on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and hph_php​ on Rm\mathbb R^mRm and step sizes ck>0c_k>0ck​>0, the nonquadratic proximal method of multipliers (12) is

xk+1=arg⁡min⁡x∈C{f(x)+1ckhp∗+(∇hp(pk)+ckg(x))+1ckDhx(x,xk)},pk+1=∇hp∗+(∇hp(pk)+ckg(xk+1)).x^{k+1}=\arg\min_{x\in C}\Big\{f(x)+\tfrac1{c_k}h_p^{*+}\big(\nabla h_p(p^k)+c_kg(x)\big)+\tfrac1{c_k}D_{h_x}(x,x^k)\Big\},\qquad p^{k+1}=\nabla h_p^{*+}\big(\nabla h_p(p^k)+c_kg(x^{k+1})\big).xk+1=argx∈Cmin​{f(x)+ck​1​hp∗+​(∇hp​(pk)+ck​g(x))+ck​1​Dhx​​(x,xk)},pk+1=∇hp∗+​(∇hp​(pk)+ck​g(xk+1)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8

Assume ckc_kck​ positive and bounded away from zero, hxh_xhx​ a Bregman function with zone Sx⊇CS_x\supseteq CSx​⊇C, hph_php​ a Bregman function with zone Sp⊇Ω+‾S_p\supseteq\overline{\Omega^+}Sp​⊇Ω+ and im⁡∇hp=Rm\operatorname{im}\nabla h_p=\mathbb R^mim∇hp​=Rm, and {(xk,pk)}\{(x^k,p^k)\}{(xk,pk)} conforming to (12). Then

∃ saddle pair ⟹ (xk,pk)→(x∗,p∗) for some saddle pair (x∗,p∗),\exists\text{ saddle pair}\ \Longrightarrow\ (x^k,p^k)\to(x^*,p^*)\ \text{for some saddle pair }(x^*,p^*),∃ saddle pair ⟹ (xk,pk)→(x∗,p∗) for some saddle pair (x∗,p∗), ∄ saddle pair ⟹ {xk} or {pk} is unbounded.\nexists\text{ saddle pair}\ \Longrightarrow\ \{x^k\}\text{ or }\{p^k\}\text{ is unbounded}.∄ saddle pair ⟹ {xk} or {pk} is unbounded.

Existence clause

For the same step-size assumption, if in addition im⁡∇hx=Rn\operatorname{im}\nabla h_x=\mathbb R^nim∇hx​=Rn, a sequence conforming to (12) exists from every (x0,p0)∈C×Ω+‾(x^0,p^0)\in C\times\overline{\Omega^+}(x0,p0)∈C×Ω+. This is the third sentence of Theorem 8, stated as a separate item.

Milestones

Lemma 2 (four descriptions of h∗+h^{*+}h∗+, monotonicity), Lemma 3 (h∗+h^{*+}h∗+ finite and differentiable), Lemma A4 (a subdifferential chain rule), (14) (the xxx-step is a Bregman proximal step on ∂xl\partial_xl∂x​l), the formula ∂^pl(x,p)={g(x)}−∂δ+(p)\hat\partial_pl(x,p)=\{g(x)\}-\partial\delta^+(p)∂^p​l(x,p)={g(x)}−∂δ+(p), maximal monotonicity of KKK, saddle pairs === zeros of KKK, hx⊕hph_x\oplus h_phx​⊕hp​ is a Bregman function with zone Sx×Sp⊇dom⁡K‾S_x\times S_p\supseteq\overline{\operatorname{dom}K}Sx​×Sp​⊇domK, the identity (13), Theorem 1 restated on Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m, Theorem 4 restated, and the existence clause.

Significance

Theorem 8 gives a family of primal–dual methods for convex programs, parametrized by two Bregman functions, each with the convergence guarantee of the quadratic proximal method of multipliers: convergence of both sequences to a saddle point when one exists, and divergence otherwise. Choosing hph_php​ to match the orthant (for instance entropy-like functions) yields exponential-type multiplier updates, and choosing hxh_xhx​ to match CCC adapts the primal regularization to the feasible set. The uniqueness of the primal minimizer, which the dual method of §4.2 lacks, is what allows convergence of the primal iterates without further assumptions.

The result is proved in the paper, with some steps asserted rather than proved (that hx⊕hph_x\oplus h_phx​⊕hp​ is a Bregman function; the maximality of KKK, cited from Rockafellar). No machine-checked proof of Theorem 8, of Theorem 1, or of the monotone-conjugate lemmas is known. A formalization would check the reduction of (12) to (13) carefully, including the extended-value conventions of the Lagrangian, and would provide reusable statements about Bregman functions on product spaces and about saddle operators of convex programs.

Difficulty

The reduction of Theorem 8 to Theorem 1 is short on the page but uses several nontrivial facts. The xxx-step is a constrained minimization of a composite function; turning its optimality condition into the inclusion (14) in ∂xl(xk+1,pk+1)\partial_xl(x^{k+1},p^{k+1})∂x​l(xk+1,pk+1) needs a chain rule for a nondecreasing differentiable outer function composed with extended-valued convex functions (Lemma A4), together with properties of the monotone conjugate (Lemmas 2 and 3) that rest on recession arguments in the Appendix. The ppp-step requires identifying ∂[hp∗+]∗\partial[h_p^{*+}]^*∂[hp∗+​]∗ with ∇hp+∂δ+\nabla h_p+\partial\delta^+∇hp​+∂δ+, which uses Sp⊇Ω+‾S_p\supseteq\overline{\Omega^+}Sp​⊇Ω+. Maximal monotonicity of KKK is a theorem about closed saddle functions, not a consequence of monotonicity alone. Theorem 1 itself is the main theorem of the paper and depends on all six conditions of Definition 1.

A natural first idea, applying Theorem 1 to KKK directly with an arbitrary Bregman function on Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m, does not describe (12): the method is the specific instance h=hx⊕hph=h_x\oplus h_ph=hx​⊕hp​, and the identification of its steps with (∇h+ckK)−1(\nabla h+c_kK)^{-1}(∇h+ck​K)−1 is the content of (13).

Formalization scope

  • Rk\mathbb R^kRk is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k); Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m is WithLp 2 (E n × E m), which carries the Euclidean inner product. The §2 objects (Bregman function, DhD_hDh​, runs of (3) written through the equivalent inclusion (4)) are defined over any finite-dimensional real inner product space so that Theorem 1 applies on Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m.
  • Extended-real functions are EReal-valued; properness, convexity (of the epigraph) and subgradients use published definitions. hp∗+h_p^{*+}hp∗+​ is EReal-valued; the recursion (12) uses its real value and the gradient of that real function, which is exact because Lemma 3, a milestone, proves finiteness and differentiability.
  • "Optimal solution–Lagrange multiplier pair" is the saddle inequality, as identified on p. 220. "Converges to one" means both sequences converge, to the two components of one saddle pair; "unbounded" means the range is not bounded.
  • The xxx-step is a minimality predicate over CCC rather than arg⁡min⁡\arg\minargmin (equivalent; the minimizer is unique). A run requires x0∈Sxx^0\in S_xx0∈Sx​, not x0∈Cx^0\in Cx0∈C, and pk∈Spp^k\in S_ppk∈Sp​, so that every gradient in (12) is defined.
  • Corrected typos: the page's "Sp⊃Ω+‾S_p\supset\overline{\Omega^+}Sp​⊃Ω+" is read as ⊇\supseteq⊇; in Lemma A4, "Lemma 5" is Lemma 2 and "f(x)∈Rnf(x)\in\mathbb R^nf(x)∈Rn" is Rm\mathbb R^mRm; Theorem 1's "monontone" is monotone; the supergradient formula's "δ+(p)\delta^+(p)δ+(p)" denotes ∂δ+(p)\partial\delta^+(p)∂δ+(p); the existence clause's extra parenthesis is dropped. In Lemma A4 a term yi∂fi(x0)y_i\partial f_i(x^0)yi​∂fi​(x0) with yi=0y_i=0yi​=0 is {0}\{0\}{0}, following the proof.
  • The §4.2 assumption that the dual functional is not everywhere −∞-\infty−∞ is not assumed; §5 does not use it.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal's hypotheses are satisfiable (with hx=hp=12∥⋅∥2h_x=h_p=\frac12\|\cdot\|^2hx​=hp​=21​∥⋅∥2, C=RC=\mathbb RC=R, f(x)=x2f(x)=x^2f(x)=x2, g1(x)=x−1g_1(x)=x-1g1​(x)=x−1 there is a saddle pair, checked in Lean), h∗+h^{*+}h∗+ is not replaced by a real supremum with junk values, and the saddle predicate quantifies over all of Rn×Rm\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^mRn×Rm.
  • Infrastructure a full development needs: Bregman functions on products, the monotone conjugate and its smoothness, a subdifferential sum and chain rule for extended-valued functions, maximal monotonicity of saddle operators, and Theorem 1. The monotone conjugate lemmas and Theorem 1 are shared with the companion missions of this series. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, including proofs of the restated Theorems 1 and 4 independent of the companion missions.

Selected references

  • J. Eckstein, Nonlinear proximal point algorithms using Bregman functions, with applications to convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 18(1), 1993, 202–226. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.1.202
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Augmented Lagrangians and applications of the proximal point algorithm in convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 1(2), 1976, 97–116. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1.2.97
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • L. M. Bregman, The relaxation method of finding the common point of convex sets and its application to the solution of problems in convex programming, USSR Computational Mathematics and Mathematical Physics 7(3), 1967, 200–217. https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(67)90040-7
  • Y. Censor and S. A. Zenios, Proximal minimization algorithm with D-functions, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 73(3), 1992, 451–464. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00940051
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Worst-Case Conditional Value-at-Risk with Application to Robust Portfolio Management 2: For a Compact Convex Set of Discrete Distributions, Worst-Case CVaR Equals min_α max_π G_β(x, α, π)Research Paper

Motivation

Conditional value-at-risk (CVaR) is the standard coherent measure of tail risk in portfolio selection and risk-averse optimization: for a confidence level β\betaβ it is, roughly, the expected loss in the worst (1−β)(1-\beta)(1−β) fraction of outcomes. Its practical appeal comes from the representation of Rockafellar and Uryasev (2000, 2002), which writes CVaR as the minimum over a scalar threshold α\alphaα of a convex function, so that minimizing CVaR over decisions becomes a single convex (often linear) program.

That representation presupposes that the distribution of the uncertain data is known exactly. In practice the scenario probabilities are estimated, and decisions that are optimal for the estimate can perform poorly under a nearby distribution. Zhu and Fukushima (Oper. Res. 57(5), 2009) study the worst-case CVaR: the largest CVaR over a set of distributions that the decision maker considers plausible. For a finite scenario model they show (Theorem 2) that when the plausible set of probability vectors is compact and convex, the worst-case CVaR again has a min–max representation in the threshold α\alphaα. This is what makes worst-case CVaR minimization tractable: under box uncertainty it becomes a linear program and under ellipsoidal uncertainty a second-order cone program (§2.2.1–2.2.2 of the paper).

Setting

A decision x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn incurs the loss f(x,y)f(x,y)f(x,y), where y∈Rmy \in \mathbb R^my∈Rm is random. In the discrete model yyy takes the finitely many values y[1],…,y[S]y_{[1]},\dots,y_{[S]}y[1]​,…,y[S]​, the scenarios, with probabilities π1,…,πS\pi_1,\dots,\pi_Sπ1​,…,πS​, where πk≥0\pi_k \ge 0πk​≥0 and ∑kπk=1\sum_k \pi_k = 1∑k​πk​=1. Fix a confidence level 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1 and write [t]+=max⁡{t,0}[t]^+ = \max\{t,0\}[t]+=max{t,0}. The Rockafellar–Uryasev function for the distribution π\piπ is

Gβ(x,α,π)=α+11−β∑k=1Sπk [f(x,y[k])−α]+,α∈R,G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi) = \alpha + \frac{1}{1-\beta}\sum_{k=1}^S \pi_k\,[f(x,y_{[k]})-\alpha]^+, \qquad \alpha\in\mathbb R,Gβ​(x,α,π)=α+1−β1​k=1∑S​πk​[f(x,y[k]​)−α]+,α∈R,

and the CVaR of the loss at xxx under π\piπ is

CVaRβ(x,π)=min⁡α∈RGβ(x,α,π).\mathrm{CVaR}_\beta(x,\pi) = \min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R} G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi).CVaRβ​(x,π)=α∈Rmin​Gβ​(x,α,π).

The distribution is not known; it is only known to lie in an ambiguity set Pπ⊆RS\mathcal P_\pi \subseteq \mathbb R^SPπ​⊆RS of probability vectors. The worst-case CVaR at xxx is

WCVaRβ(x)=sup⁡π∈PπCVaRβ(x,π)=sup⁡π∈Pπmin⁡α∈RGβ(x,α,π).\mathrm{WCVaR}_\beta(x) = \sup_{\pi\in\mathcal P_\pi}\mathrm{CVaR}_\beta(x,\pi) = \sup_{\pi\in\mathcal P_\pi}\min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R} G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi).WCVaRβ​(x)=π∈Pπ​sup​CVaRβ​(x,π)=π∈Pπ​sup​α∈Rmin​Gβ​(x,α,π).

In the Lean development these objects are WorstCaseCVaR.Discrete.G, cvar and wcvar, with the scenarios given as ys : Fin S → (Fin m → ℝ) and Pπ\mathcal P_\piPπ​ as a set P of vectors Fin S → ℝ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 1159)

If Pπ\mathcal P_\piPπ​ is a nonempty compact convex set of probability vectors, then for each xxx

WCVaRβ(x)=min⁡α∈Rmax⁡π∈PπGβ(x,α,π),\mathrm{WCVaR}_\beta(x) = \min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}\max_{\pi\in\mathcal P_\pi} G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi),WCVaRβ​(x)=α∈Rmin​π∈Pπ​max​Gβ​(x,α,π),

with the inner maximum attained for every α\alphaα and the outer minimum attained at some α0\alpha_0α0​. The statement fixes no constants and no particular ambiguity set.

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof, p. 1167)

  1. Gβ(x,α,π)G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi)Gβ​(x,α,π) is convex in α\alphaα for each probability vector π\piπ and affine in π\piπ for each α\alphaα.
  2. There is one nonempty closed bounded interval A\mathcal AA such that, for every π∈Pπ\pi\in\mathcal P_\piπ∈Pπ​, min⁡α∈RGβ(x,α,π)=min⁡α∈AGβ(x,α,π)\min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R} G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi) = \min_{\alpha\in\mathcal A} G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi)minα∈R​Gβ​(x,α,π)=minα∈A​Gβ​(x,α,π).
  3. Lemma 1 (p. 1157, Ky Fan's minimax theorem): for convex–concave, suitably semicontinuous ϕ\phiϕ on a product of nonempty compact convex sets, min⁡xmax⁡yϕ=max⁡ymin⁡xϕ\min_x\max_y\phi = \max_y\min_x\phiminx​maxy​ϕ=maxy​minx​ϕ.
  4. Lemma 1 on A×Pπ\mathcal A\times\mathcal P_\piA×Pπ​: max⁡π∈Pπmin⁡α∈AGβ=min⁡α∈Amax⁡π∈PπGβ\max_{\pi\in\mathcal P_\pi}\min_{\alpha\in\mathcal A}G_\beta = \min_{\alpha\in\mathcal A}\max_{\pi\in\mathcal P_\pi}G_\betamaxπ∈Pπ​​minα∈A​Gβ​=minα∈A​maxπ∈Pπ​​Gβ​.
  5. The min-max inequality inf⁡α∈Rsup⁡π∈PπGβ(x,α,π)≥sup⁡π∈Pπmin⁡α∈RGβ(x,α,π)\inf_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}\sup_{\pi\in\mathcal P_\pi}G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi) \ge \sup_{\pi\in\mathcal P_\pi}\min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}G_\beta(x,\alpha,\pi)infα∈R​supπ∈Pπ​​Gβ​(x,α,π)≥supπ∈Pπ​​minα∈R​Gβ​(x,α,π).

Significance

Theorem 2 converts a supremum over distributions of a minimum over thresholds into a minimum over thresholds of a worst case of a function that is affine in π\piπ. Minimizing WCVaRβ(x)\mathrm{WCVaR}_\beta(x)WCVaRβ​(x) over decisions xxx is therefore the single minimization problem (16)–(20) of the paper in the variables (x,u,α,θ)(x,u,\alpha,\theta)(x,u,α,θ), whose only nonstandard constraint is max⁡π∈Pπ(α+11−βπTu)≤θ\max_{\pi\in\mathcal P_\pi}(\alpha+\frac{1}{1-\beta}\pi^Tu)\le\thetamaxπ∈Pπ​​(α+1−β1​πTu)≤θ. For box and ellipsoidal ambiguity sets that constraint is dualized into linear or conic constraints, which gives the robust portfolio models of §§2.2.1–3 of the paper. The same exchange of sup⁡π\sup_\pisupπ​ and min⁡α\min_\alphaminα​ underlies many later distributionally robust CVaR models.

The result is proved in the paper (appendix, p. 1167) and is not open. The mission produces a machine-checked proof of it, which to our knowledge does not exist. Mathlib contains Sion's minimax theorem (Sion.exists_isSaddlePointOn), which covers Lemma 1; what is missing is the CVaR-specific part: the convexity of GβG_\betaGβ​ in α\alphaα, the reduction of the threshold to a compact interval uniform over Pπ\mathcal P_\piPπ​, and the passage from the compact interval back to all of R\mathbb RR.

Difficulty

The obvious approach applies a minimax theorem directly to GβG_\betaGβ​ on R×Pπ\mathbb R\times\mathcal P_\piR×Pπ​. That fails because R\mathbb RR is not compact, and minimax equalities on a noncompact factor can fail; the threshold must first be confined to a bounded interval, and the interval must work for every π∈Pπ\pi\in\mathcal P_\piπ∈Pπ​ simultaneously. After the exchange on the interval, the minimum over the interval has to be identified with the infimum over all of R\mathbb RR, which needs the min-max inequality on the unrestricted line. A second subtlety is attainment: every "min" and "max" in the statement is a claim that an extremum exists, and in the real-valued formalization each must be exhibited rather than read off from a supremum.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in the Lean statements:

  • Scenarios are indexed zero-based by Fin S; probability vectors are elements of stdSimplex ℝ (Fin S).
  • The confidence level satisfies 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1 in every statement (the paper says only that β\betaβ is a confidence level, usually above 0.90.90.9).
  • CVaRβ(x,π)\mathrm{CVaR}_\beta(x,\pi)CVaRβ​(x,π) is defined as the paper does for discrete distributions, as the minimum of Gβ(x,⋅,π)G_\beta(x,\cdot,\pi)Gβ​(x,⋅,π), encoded as the real infimum of its values; WCVaRβ(x)\mathrm{WCVaR}_\beta(x)WCVaRβ​(x) is the real supremum of the image of Pπ\mathcal P_\piPπ​. Both are true infima and suprema under the hypotheses carried by every theorem.
  • Theorem 2's hypothesis "Pπ\mathcal P_\piPπ​ is a compact convex set" is completed by two standing assumptions of §2.2: Pπ\mathcal P_\piPπ​ consists of probability vectors, and it is nonempty. Without the first, Gβ(x,⋅,π)G_\beta(x,\cdot,\pi)Gβ​(x,⋅,π) can be unbounded below and the real infimum returns a junk value; without the second the supremum is over the empty set.
  • Lemma 1 is stated with lower semicontinuity in xxx and upper semicontinuity in yyy, which the paper omits and which are needed for the extrema to exist; its conclusion is a saddle point, equivalent to the attained min–max equality.
  • In the goal, the right-hand side exhibits an explicit minimizer α0\alpha_0α0​ and the inner maximum is shown to be attained; neither is replaced by a bare infimum or supremum.

No vacuous version of the goal is admissible: the ambiguity set must be nonempty and consist of probability vectors, and the minimum over α\alphaα must be witnessed.

The development needs only finite sums, convexity on R\mathbb RR and on the simplex, compactness of Pπ\mathcal P_\piPπ​ and of closed intervals, and Mathlib's minimax theorem. The reduction to a bounded interval and the min-max inequality are reusable for other finite-scenario CVaR results. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the goal that avoid the interval reduction.

Selected references

  • S. Zhu and M. Fukushima, Worst-Case Conditional Value-at-Risk with Application to Robust Portfolio Management, Operations Research 57(5):1155–1168, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0684
  • R. T. Rockafellar and S. Uryasev, Optimization of Conditional Value-at-Risk, Journal of Risk 2(3):21–41, 2000. https://doi.org/10.21314/JOR.2000.038
  • R. T. Rockafellar and S. Uryasev, Conditional Value-at-Risk for General Loss Distributions, Journal of Banking & Finance 26(7):1443–1471, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-4266(02)00271-6
  • K. Fan, Minimax Theorems, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 39(1):42–47, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.39.1.42
  • M. Sion, On General Minimax Theorems, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 8(1):171–176, 1958. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1958.8.171
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Worst-Case Conditional Value-at-Risk with Application to Robust Portfolio Management 1: Under Mixture Distribution Uncertainty, Worst-Case CVaR Equals the Minimum over α of max_i F^i_β(x, α)Research Paper

Motivation

Conditional value-at-risk (CVaR) is the standard coherent measure of tail risk in portfolio selection, insurance and stochastic programming. Its practical appeal comes from a variational formula of Rockafellar and Uryasev (J. Risk 2000; J. Banking Finance 2002): CVaR at level β\betaβ is the minimum over a scalar α\alphaα of a convex function, so that minimizing CVaR over decisions becomes a single convex program, a linear program when the distribution is given by scenarios.

The formula needs the distribution of the random returns, and in practice that distribution is estimated and uncertain. Zhu and Fukushima (Oper. Res. 57(5), 2009) introduce the worst-case CVaR: the supremum of CVaR over a set P\mathcal PP of candidate distributions. They show it is again a coherent risk measure and that, for several natural choices of P\mathcal PP, minimizing it remains a tractable convex program. This mission formalizes the first of these results, for P\mathcal PP the set of all mixtures of finitely many given distributions, a model used in robust statistics and in finance to describe returns under several market regimes.

Setting

A decision x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn and a random vector y∈Rmy\in\mathbb R^my∈Rm determine a loss f(x,y)∈Rf(x,y)\in\mathbb Rf(x,y)∈R. A confidence level β\betaβ satisfies 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1 (in applications β≥0.9\beta\ge0.9β≥0.9). Write [t]+=max⁡{t,0}[t]^+=\max\{t,0\}[t]+=max{t,0}.

For a probability distribution PPP of yyy under which f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅) is integrable, the Rockafellar–Uryasev function is

Fβ(x,α)=α+11−β∫Rm[f(x,y)−α]+ dP(y),α∈R,(1)F_\beta(x,\alpha)=\alpha+\frac1{1-\beta}\int_{\mathbb R^m}[f(x,y)-\alpha]^+\,dP(y),\qquad\alpha\in\mathbb R, \tag{1}Fβ​(x,α)=α+1−β1​∫Rm​[f(x,y)−α]+dP(y),α∈R,(1)

and CVaR is its minimum over α\alphaα:

CVaRβ(x)=min⁡α∈RFβ(x,α).(2)\mathrm{CVaR}_\beta(x)=\min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}F_\beta(x,\alpha). \tag{2}CVaRβ​(x)=α∈Rmin​Fβ​(x,α).(2)

Fix l≥1l\ge1l≥1 likelihood distributions P1,…,PlP^1,\dots,P^lP1,…,Pl on Rm\mathbb R^mRm and let Λ={λ∈Rl:λi≥0, ∑iλi=1}\Lambda=\{\lambda\in\mathbb R^l:\lambda_i\ge0,\ \sum_i\lambda_i=1\}Λ={λ∈Rl:λi​≥0, ∑i​λi​=1} be the probability simplex. The ambiguity set is the set of mixtures

PM={∑i=1lλiPi: λ∈Λ},\mathcal P_M=\Big\{\textstyle\sum_{i=1}^l\lambda_iP^i:\ \lambda\in\Lambda\Big\},PM​={∑i=1l​λi​Pi: λ∈Λ},

and the worst-case CVaR of xxx is

WCVaRβ(x)=sup⁡λ∈Λ CVaRβ(x)  under  ∑iλiPi.(3)\mathrm{WCVaR}_\beta(x)=\sup_{\lambda\in\Lambda}\ \mathrm{CVaR}_\beta(x)\ \text{ under }\ \textstyle\sum_i\lambda_iP^i. \tag{3}WCVaRβ​(x)=λ∈Λsup​ CVaRβ​(x)  under  ∑i​λi​Pi.(3)

Write Fβi(x,α)F^i_\beta(x,\alpha)Fβi​(x,α) for the function (1) with P=PiP=P^iP=Pi, FβL(x,α)=max⁡i∈LFβi(x,α)F^{\mathcal L}_\beta(x,\alpha)=\max_{i\in\mathcal L}F^i_\beta(x,\alpha)FβL​(x,α)=maxi∈L​Fβi​(x,α) with L={1,…,l}\mathcal L=\{1,\dots,l\}L={1,…,l}, and Hβ(x,α,λ)H_\beta(x,\alpha,\lambda)Hβ​(x,α,λ) for the function (1) of the mixture ∑iλiPi\sum_i\lambda_iP^i∑i​λi​Pi.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For every xxx with f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅) integrable under every PiP^iPi,

WCVaRβ(x)=min⁡α∈R max⁡i∈LFβi(x,α),\mathrm{WCVaR}_\beta(x)=\min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}\ \max_{i\in\mathcal L}F^i_\beta(x,\alpha),WCVaRβ​(x)=α∈Rmin​ i∈Lmax​Fβi​(x,α),

with the minimum attained. The supremum over infinitely many distributions on the left becomes a minimum of the pointwise maximum of lll functions on the right.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's appendix proof (pp. 1166–1167) in order:

  1. (53): Hβ(x,α,λ)=∑iλiFβi(x,α)H_\beta(x,\alpha,\lambda)=\sum_i\lambda_iF^i_\beta(x,\alpha)Hβ​(x,α,λ)=∑i​λi​Fβi​(x,α) for λ∈Λ\lambda\in\Lambdaλ∈Λ.
  2. (54): WCVaRβ(x)=max⁡λ∈Λmin⁡αHβ(x,α,λ)\mathrm{WCVaR}_\beta(x)=\max_{\lambda\in\Lambda}\min_{\alpha}H_\beta(x,\alpha,\lambda)WCVaRβ​(x)=maxλ∈Λ​minα​Hβ​(x,α,λ), both extrema attained.
  3. The minimizer set of Fβ(x,⋅)F_\beta(x,\cdot)Fβ​(x,⋅) is a nonempty closed bounded interval [α‾∗,α‾∗][\underline\alpha^*,\overline\alpha^*][α​∗,α∗].
  4. Minimizers of a nonnegative combination of two convex functions on R\mathbb RR lie between the extreme endpoints of their minimizer intervals.
  5. Every minimizer of Hβ(x,⋅,λ)H_\beta(x,\cdot,\lambda)Hβ​(x,⋅,λ) lies in A=[min⁡iα‾i∗,max⁡iα‾i∗]\mathcal A=[\min_i\underline\alpha^*_i,\max_i\overline\alpha^*_i]A=[mini​α​i∗​,maxi​αi∗​], and the minimum over R\mathbb RR is attained in A\mathcal AA.
  6. Lemma 1, the minimax equality for convex–concave functions on compact convex sets.
  7. (55): max⁡λmin⁡RHβ=max⁡λmin⁡AHβ=min⁡Amax⁡λHβ\max_\lambda\min_{\mathbb R}H_\beta=\max_\lambda\min_{\mathcal A}H_\beta=\min_{\mathcal A}\max_\lambda H_\betamaxλ​minR​Hβ​=maxλ​minA​Hβ​=minA​maxλ​Hβ​.
  8. (56)–(57): WCVaRβ(x)=min⁡α∈Rmax⁡λ∈Λ∑iλiFβi(x,α)\mathrm{WCVaR}_\beta(x)=\min_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}\max_{\lambda\in\Lambda}\sum_i\lambda_iF^i_\beta(x,\alpha)WCVaRβ​(x)=minα∈R​maxλ∈Λ​∑i​λi​Fβi​(x,α).
  9. (58)–(59): max⁡λ∈Λ∑iλiFβi(x,α)=max⁡iFβi(x,α)\max_{\lambda\in\Lambda}\sum_i\lambda_iF^i_\beta(x,\alpha)=\max_iF^i_\beta(x,\alpha)maxλ∈Λ​∑i​λi​Fβi​(x,α)=maxi​Fβi​(x,α).

An additional item states Corollary 1: (x∗,α∗)(x^*,\alpha^*)(x∗,α∗) minimizes FβLF^{\mathcal L}_\betaFβL​ over X×R\mathcal X\times\mathbb RX×R exactly when x∗x^*x∗ minimizes WCVaRβ\mathrm{WCVaR}_\betaWCVaRβ​ over X\mathcal XX and α∗\alpha^*α∗ minimizes FβL(x∗,⋅)F^{\mathcal L}_\beta(x^*,\cdot)FβL​(x∗,⋅).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 makes worst-case CVaR under mixture uncertainty no harder to optimize than ordinary CVaR. Since each FβiF^i_\betaFβi​ is jointly convex in (x,α)(x,\alpha)(x,α) when fff is convex in xxx, FβLF^{\mathcal L}_\betaFβL​ is convex, and Corollary 1 turns robust CVaR minimization into one convex program in (x,α)(x,\alpha)(x,α); with sampled scenarios it is a linear program (the paper's (10)–(15)). It is the starting point for the paper's robust portfolio models (§3), whose ambiguity sets are mixtures of a few estimated return distributions.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formal proof contributes a measure-theoretic treatment of the Rockafellar–Uryasev function for arbitrary distributions (the paper argues with densities and appeals to Remark 1 for the general case), a reusable statement that the minimizer set of FβF_\betaFβ​ is a compact interval, and a worked instance of the minimax theorem in Mathlib (Sion) applied to a problem with an unbounded variable.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to exchange sup⁡λ\sup_\lambdasupλ​ and min⁡α\min_\alphaminα​ in sup⁡λmin⁡α∑iλiFβi(x,α)\sup_\lambda\min_\alpha\sum_i\lambda_iF^i_\beta(x,\alpha)supλ​minα​∑i​λi​Fβi​(x,α), since the function is convex in α\alphaα and affine in λ\lambdaλ. Minimax theorems for this exchange need compactness of one of the two sets, and the variable α\alphaα ranges over all of R\mathbb RR. The step that has to be supplied is a localization: all minimizers in α\alphaα, for every λ\lambdaλ at once, lie in one compact interval A\mathcal AA determined by the minimizer sets of the components. This in turn requires knowing that each Fβi(x,⋅)F^i_\beta(x,\cdot)Fβi​(x,⋅) has a nonempty bounded minimizer set, which uses 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1 and integrability of the loss: at β=0\beta=0β=0 the minimizer set can be a half-line and the localization fails. A second point is attainment: the outer supremum over Λ\LambdaΛ is a maximum only because the inner minimum depends continuously on λ\lambdaλ.

Formalization scope

  • Distributions are probability measures on Fin m → ℝ (not densities); Remark 1 of the paper extends all results to general distributions, and a density is a special case. Decisions are Fin n → ℝ, the loss is f : (Fin n → ℝ) → (Fin m → ℝ) → ℝ, and the likelihood distributions are P : Fin l → Measure (Fin m → ℝ) with indices zero-based and [NeZero l].
  • Every theorem assumes 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, that each PiP^iPi is a probability measure, and that f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅) is integrable under each PiP^iPi (the paper's E∣f(x,y)∣<∞E|f(x,y)|<\inftyE∣f(x,y)∣<∞).
  • CVaR is defined by (2) as the infimum of the values of Fβ(x,⋅)F_\beta(x,\cdot)Fβ​(x,⋅); the tail-mean definition and the Rockafellar–Uryasev identity between the two are not part of the mission. The mixture is the finite sum of measures ∑iλiPi\sum_i\lambda_iP^i∑i​λi​Pi, Λ\LambdaΛ is Mathlib's stdSimplex, and WCVaR is the supremum of the image of Λ\LambdaΛ.
  • Every min and max in the paper is stated as attained, with an explicit minimizer or as IsGreatest/IsLeast; no real sInf or sSup is evaluated on an empty or unbounded set, so no statement can hold through Lean's junk value 000.
  • Lemma 1 is stated with lower semicontinuity in xxx and upper semicontinuity in yyy, which the printed statement omits and without which the extrema need not exist.
  • The definitions FβF_\betaFβ​, CVaR, mixture and WCVaR are reusable for any risk-measure development; the interval property of arg⁡min⁡Fβ\arg\min F_\betaargminFβ​ is of independent use. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas on the Rockafellar–Uryasev function for general measures, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Zhu and M. Fukushima, Worst-Case Conditional Value-at-Risk with Application to Robust Portfolio Management, Operations Research 57(5):1155–1168, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0684
  • R. T. Rockafellar and S. Uryasev, Optimization of conditional value-at-risk, Journal of Risk 2(3):21–41, 2000. https://doi.org/10.21314/JOR.2000.038
  • R. T. Rockafellar and S. Uryasev, Conditional value-at-risk for general loss distributions, Journal of Banking & Finance 26(7):1443–1471, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-4266(02)00271-6
  • K. Fan, Minimax theorems, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 39(1):42–47, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.39.1.42
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber and D. Heath, Coherent measures of risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3):203–228, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Theoretical Aspects of Road Traffic Research III: Minimum Average Journey Time on Alternative Routes — Equal Marginal Times ε and the Closed Forms (32)–(33)Research Paper

Motivation

J. G. Wardrop's 1952 paper Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research (DOI 10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259) introduced the two criteria that still organise traffic assignment. When a flow of traffic can choose between several routes from one origin to one destination, the paper (p. 345) considers two ways the traffic might divide:

  1. the journey times on all the routes actually used are equal, and less than those that a single vehicle would experience on any unused route;
  2. the average journey time is a minimum.

The first is now called Wardrop's first principle, or user equilibrium: no driver can shorten their trip by switching route. The second, Wardrop's second principle, is the system optimum: it "minimizes the vehicle-hours spent on the journey". The gap between the two is the quantity later studied as the price of anarchy of selfish routing (Roughgarden and Tardos, J. ACM 2002), and the marginal-cost characterisation of the system optimum underlies congestion pricing (Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, 1956).

This mission formalizes the paper's solution of criterion (2) on parallel routes, section (2) Minimum Average Time, pp. 345–347. Mission II of the same series treats criterion (1) on the same model.

Setting

A total additional flow QQQ is divided among DDD alternative routes i=1,…,Di = 1, \dots, Di=1,…,D. Route iii carries an additional flow qiq_iqi​ and has journey time, equation (22),

ti(qi)=bi1−qi/pi,t_i(q_i) = \frac{b_i}{1 - q_i/p_i},ti​(qi​)=1−qi​/pi​bi​​,

where bi>0b_i > 0bi​>0 is the journey time on route iii with no additional flow and pi>0p_i > 0pi​>0 is the additional flow at which its speed would fall to zero (routeTime b p i x). A feasible split of QQQ is a vector qqq with 0≤qi<pi0 \le q_i < p_i0≤qi​<pi​ for every iii and ∑iqi=Q\sum_i q_i = Q∑i​qi​=Q (IsFeasible p Q q).

The number of additional vehicles on route iii at an instant is zi=qitiz_i = q_i t_izi​=qi​ti​, and Z=∑iziZ = \sum_i z_iZ=∑i​zi​ (totalExtra b p q). The average journey time is, equations (25)–(26),

T=∑i=1DqitiQ=ZQT = \sum_{i=1}^D \frac{q_i t_i}{Q} = \frac{Z}{Q}T=i=1∑D​Qqi​ti​​=QZ​

(avgTime b p Q q). Criterion (2) asks for a feasible split qqq with T(q)≤T(z)T(q) \le T(z)T(q)≤T(z) for every feasible split zzz (IsMinAvgTime b p Q q).

The marginal journey time of route iii is d(qiti)/dqid(q_i t_i)/dq_id(qi​ti​)/dqi​, the rate at which ZZZ grows when flow is added to that route. For a threshold ε\varepsilonε, U(ε)={i:bi<ε}U(\varepsilon) = \{i : b_i < \varepsilon\}U(ε)={i:bi​<ε} (usedSet b ε) is the set of routes whose marginal time at zero flow lies below ε\varepsilonε; with the routes labelled so that b1<⋯<bDb_1 < \dots < b_Db1​<⋯<bD​ it is the paper's "first jjj routes".

Formalization targets

Goal: the closed forms (32)–(33)

For bi,pi>0b_i, p_i > 0bi​,pi​>0 and 0<Q<∑ipi0 < Q < \sum_i p_i0<Q<∑i​pi​, every split qqq minimizing TTT admits a threshold ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 with ∑i∈Upi>Q\sum_{i \in U} p_i > Q∑i∈U​pi​>Q, where U=U(ε)U = U(\varepsilon)U=U(ε), such that

qh={ph{1−(∑i∈Upi−Q)bh∑i∈Upibi},bh<ε,0,otherwise,T=1Q{(∑i∈Upibi)2∑i∈Upi−Q−∑i∈Upibi}.q_h = \begin{cases} p_h\left\{1 - \dfrac{\left(\sum_{i\in U} p_i - Q\right)\sqrt{b_h}}{\sum_{i\in U} p_i\sqrt{b_i}}\right\}, & b_h < \varepsilon,\\[1ex] 0, & \text{otherwise,}\end{cases} \qquad T = \frac1Q\left\{\frac{\left(\sum_{i\in U} p_i\sqrt{b_i}\right)^2}{\sum_{i\in U} p_i - Q} - \sum_{i\in U} p_i b_i\right\}.qh​=⎩⎨⎧​ph​{1−∑i∈U​pi​bi​​(∑i∈U​pi​−Q)bh​​​},0,​bh​<ε,otherwise,​T=Q1​{∑i∈U​pi​−Q(∑i∈U​pi​bi​​)2​−i∈U∑​pi​bi​}.

Milestones

  1. (29)–(30): d(qiti)/dqi=bi/(1−qi/pi)2d(q_i t_i)/dq_i = b_i/(1 - q_i/p_i)^2d(qi​ti​)/dqi​=bi​/(1−qi​/pi​)2, equal to bib_ibi​ at qi=0q_i = 0qi​=0.
  2. (27)–(28): at a minimum, all routes in use have the same marginal time ε\varepsilonε.
  3. A route jjj with bj≥εb_j \ge \varepsilonbj​≥ε is not used.
  4. The routes in use are exactly those with bi<εb_i < \varepsilonbi​<ε, and on them 1−qi/pi=bi/ε1 - q_i/p_i = \sqrt{b_i/\varepsilon}1−qi​/pi​=bi​/ε​.
  5. (31): ∑i∈Upi−Q=∑i∈Upibi/ε\sum_{i\in U} p_i - Q = \sum_{i\in U} p_i\sqrt{b_i/\varepsilon}∑i∈U​pi​−Q=∑i∈U​pi​bi​/ε​.

A companion theorem states that a minimizing split exists whenever 0<Q<∑ipi0 < Q < \sum_i p_i0<Q<∑i​pi​.

Significance

The closed forms give the system-optimal assignment on parallel routes with the travel-time law (22) explicitly: which routes carry traffic, how much, and the resulting average time. Together with the equal-times solution (23)–(24) of mission II they quantify, for this model, how much average time selfish route choice costs; the paper's Fig. 8 compares the two numerically and finds the difference small in its example. The marginal-time conditions (27)–(28) are the parallel-route instance of the general statement that a system optimum is an equilibrium with respect to marginal costs.

The derivation on pp. 346–347 is a first-order argument that the paper does not make rigorous: it assumes a minimizer exists, that it satisfies the stationarity condition, and leaves (32)–(33) to "a few lines of algebra". This mission produces the rigorous version, including existence. No machine-checked statement of (27)–(33) is on the platform; the related platform items on Wardrop equilibria concern the Beckmann potential and atomic congestion games, not the system optimum of this model.

Difficulty

The stationarity condition (27) comes from moving an infinitesimal flow between two routes in use. Turning this into a theorem needs the one-sided version at unused routes, since qj=0q_j = 0qj​=0 is a boundary point and the condition there is an inequality, and needs the constraint ∑iqi=Q\sum_i q_i = Q∑i​qi​=Q to be preserved by the perturbation. The step "only the first jjj routes will be in use" is the converse direction: a route with bi<εb_i < \varepsilonbi​<ε that carries no flow must be shown to contradict minimality, not just to violate the equal-marginals equation.

Existence is not a compactness argument on a closed set: the feasible set is open in the direction qi→piq_i \to p_iqi​→pi​, where qiti→∞q_i t_i \to \inftyqi​ti​→∞, and that coercivity has to be used. The algebra from (31) to (32)–(33) is routine once the set UUU and the value of ε\varepsilonε are fixed.

Formalization scope

Routes are indexed by Fin D; all quantities are real. The standing hypotheses are bi>0b_i > 0bi​>0, pi>0p_i > 0pi​>0, 0<Q0 < Q0<Q and Q<∑ipiQ < \sum_i p_iQ<∑i​pi​; without the last the feasible set is empty and every statement about a minimizer is vacuous, and with Q≤0Q \le 0Q≤0 the average time Z/QZ/QZ/Q is undefined. Feasibility requires qi<piq_i < p_iqi​<pi​, of the minimizer and of every competitor: at qi=piq_i = p_iqi​=pi​ Lean evaluates bi/0b_i/0bi​/0 as 000, which would let a "minimizer" place flow at capacity for free. The paper's labelling b1<⋯<bDb_1 < \dots < b_Db1​<⋯<bD​ is not assumed; "the first jjj routes" is U(ε)U(\varepsilon)U(ε). Marginal times are written in the closed form (29), and milestone 1 identifies that form with the derivative via HasDerivAt. Minimality is stated for TTT, the paper's criterion, not for ZZZ.

Corrected slip. The paper prints the denominator of (33) as ∑i=1jpibi\sum_{i=1}^j p_i b_i∑i=1j​pi​bi​. The formalization uses ∑i=1jpibi\sum_{i=1}^j p_i\sqrt{b_i}∑i=1j​pi​bi​​: from (31), 1/ε=(∑pi−Q)/∑pibi1/\sqrt\varepsilon = (\sum p_i - Q)/\sum p_i\sqrt{b_i}1/ε​=(∑pi​−Q)/∑pi​bi​​, and qh=ph(1−bh/ε)q_h = p_h(1 - \sqrt{b_h/\varepsilon})qh​=ph​(1−bh​/ε​). The printed form is not dimensionally consistent and gives wrong flows, e.g. for b=(4,9)b = (4, 9)b=(4,9), p=(10,10)p = (10, 10)p=(10,10), Q=35/3Q = 35/3Q=35/3. Equation (32) is correct as printed.

The goal cannot be satisfied trivially: the threshold ε\varepsilonε is existential and the flows and TTT are pinned to explicit formulas, and the companion existence theorem shows the hypothesis IsMinAvgTime is met for every admissible QQQ. The route time and feasible split come from the shared WardropTraffic.EqualTimes.Setting definition; this mission adds the total and average time and criterion (2). Proofs of any item, including the existence theorem and a uniqueness statement (the objective is strictly convex), are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. G. Wardrop, Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research, Proc. Instn Civ. Engrs Part II 1 (1952), 325–362. https://doi.org/10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259
  • M. Beckmann, C. B. McGuire, C. B. Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, Yale University Press, 1956.
  • T. Roughgarden, É. Tardos, How bad is selfish routing?, J. ACM 49(2) (2002), 236–259. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Dual Approach to Solving Nonlinear Programming Problems by Unconstrained Optimization 2: For a Normal Convex Program and Any Dual Optimal ȳ, x̄ Is Optimal iff x̄ Minimizes L_r(·, ȳ)Research Paper

Motivation

Lagrangian duality turns a constrained minimization problem into the maximization of a dual function over multipliers. For convex programs the duality is clean: under mild conditions the dual optimal value equals the primal one, and an optimal multiplier vector yˉ\bar yyˉ​ exists. Computationally, however, the ordinary Lagrangian has a well-known defect. Knowing an optimal yˉ\bar yyˉ​ does not tell where the primal optimum is, because the minimizers of x↦L0(x,yˉ)x \mapsto L_0(x, \bar y)x↦L0​(x,yˉ​) over XXX typically include points that are not optimal and not even feasible. A linear program is the extreme case: L0(⋅,yˉ)L_0(\cdot, \bar y)L0​(⋅,yˉ​) is then often constant.

The penalty Lagrangian (also called the augmented Lagrangian) of Hestenes, Powell and Rockafellar repairs this defect. R. T. Rockafellar's 1973 paper Math. Programming 5, 354–373 develops its duality theory for convex programs in an arbitrary real vector space. This mission formalizes the "exactness" part of that theory, §3 of the paper: for r>0r > 0r>0, minimizing the penalty Lagrangian at an optimal multiplier gives exactly the optimal solutions of the original problem. The paper puts it as "a strong property whose well-known absence for L0L_0L0​ has been a serious impediment to computational approaches based on duality" (p. 362). Together with the smoothness of the dual function (Theorem 3.2, another mission of this series), this property is what justifies the method of multipliers as an algorithm for constrained optimization.

Timeline. Hestenes (1969) and Powell (1969) proposed the multiplier method for equality constraints. Rockafellar (1973, this paper) gave the inequality-constrained penalty Lagrangian LrL_rLr​ below and its convex duality theory. Bertsekas's monograph Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods (1982) systematized the theory.

Setting

Let EEE be a real vector space, X⊆EX \subseteq EX⊆E a nonempty convex set, and f0,f1,…,fm:X→Rf_0, f_1, \dots, f_m : X \to \mathbb Rf0​,f1​,…,fm​:X→R convex functions. The problem is

(P)minimize f0(x) over x∈Xsubject to fi(x)≤0, i=1,…,m.\text{(P)}\qquad \text{minimize } f_0(x) \text{ over } x \in X \quad\text{subject to } f_i(x) \le 0,\ i = 1, \dots, m.(P)minimize f0​(x) over x∈Xsubject to fi​(x)≤0, i=1,…,m.

A point is feasible if it lies in XXX and satisfies the constraints. The optimal value "inf in (P)" is the infimum of f0f_0f0​ over the feasible points, an element of [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞]. An optimal solution is a feasible xˉ\bar xxˉ with f0(xˉ)≤f0(x)f_0(\bar x) \le f_0(x)f0​(xˉ)≤f0​(x) for every feasible xxx.

For y∈Rmy \in \mathbb R^my∈Rm (no sign restriction), θ(t)=max⁡{0,t}\theta(t) = \max\{0, t\}θ(t)=max{0,t} and r>0r > 0r>0, the penalty Lagrangian is

Lr(x,y)=f0(x)+14r∑i=1m[θ(yi+2rfi(x))2−yi2].L_r(x, y) = f_0(x) + \frac{1}{4r}\sum_{i=1}^m \big[\theta(y_i + 2 r f_i(x))^2 - y_i^2\big].Lr​(x,y)=f0​(x)+4r1​i=1∑m​[θ(yi​+2rfi​(x))2−yi2​].

The ordinary Lagrangian is L0(x,y)=f0(x)+∑iyifi(x)L_0(x, y) = f_0(x) + \sum_i y_i f_i(x)L0​(x,y)=f0​(x)+∑i​yi​fi​(x) for y≥0y \ge 0y≥0, and −∞-\infty−∞ otherwise. The dual objectives are gr(y)=inf⁡x∈XLr(x,y)g_r(y) = \inf_{x \in X} L_r(x, y)gr​(y)=infx∈X​Lr​(x,y) and g0(y)=inf⁡x∈XL0(x,y)g_0(y) = \inf_{x \in X} L_0(x, y)g0​(y)=infx∈X​L0​(x,y). Problem (Dr)(D_r)(Dr​) maximizes grg_rgr​ over Rm\mathbb R^mRm.

  • A dual optimal solution is a maximizer yˉ\bar yyˉ​ of grg_rgr​ with gr(yˉ)>−∞g_r(\bar y) > -\inftygr​(yˉ​)>−∞.
  • (P) is normal if the dual optimal value sup⁡g0\sup g_0supg0​ equals the optimal value of (P).
  • yˉ\bar yyˉ​ is a Kuhn–Tucker vector relative to LrL_rLr​ if −∞<inf⁡x∈XLr(x,yˉ)=inf⁡-\infty < \inf_{x \in X} L_r(x, \bar y) = \inf−∞<infx∈X​Lr​(x,yˉ​)=inf in (P).
  • (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x, \bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) is a saddle point of LrL_rLr​ if xˉ∈X\bar x \in Xxˉ∈X and Lr(xˉ,y)≤Lr(xˉ,yˉ)≤Lr(x,yˉ)L_r(\bar x, y) \le L_r(\bar x, \bar y) \le L_r(x, \bar y)Lr​(xˉ,y)≤Lr​(xˉ,yˉ​)≤Lr​(x,yˉ​) for all x∈Xx \in Xx∈X, y∈Rmy \in \mathbb R^my∈Rm.

In Lean these are Lr, L0, gr, g0, primalValue, dualValue, IsNormal, IsDualOptimal, IsKTVector, IsSaddle, IsOptimal and KuhnTuckerConditions, in the namespace PenaltyLag.Exact.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5 (p. 362)

Assume (P) is normal, yˉ\bar yyˉ​ is a dual optimal solution, and r>0r > 0r>0. Then for every xˉ∈E\bar x \in Exˉ∈E

xˉ is optimal for (P)  ⟺  xˉ∈X and Lr(xˉ,yˉ)≤Lr(x,yˉ)  ∀x∈X.\bar x \text{ is optimal for (P)} \iff \bar x \in X \text{ and } L_r(\bar x, \bar y) \le L_r(x, \bar y) \ \ \forall x \in X.xˉ is optimal for (P)⟺xˉ∈X and Lr​(xˉ,yˉ​)≤Lr​(x,yˉ​)  ∀x∈X.

Milestones (attack order)

  1. §3 after (3.17), pp. 361–362: for r>0r > 0r>0, yˉ\bar yyˉ​ is a Kuhn–Tucker vector relative to LrL_rLr​ iff yˉ\bar yyˉ​ is optimal for (Dr)(D_r)(Dr​) and (P) is normal.
  2. §3, p. 362: for r>0r > 0r>0, (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x, \bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) is a saddle point of LrL_rLr​ iff xˉ\bar xxˉ is optimal for (P) and yˉ\bar yyˉ​ is a Kuhn–Tucker vector.
  3. Corollary 3.4, r>0r > 0r>0 (p. 362): LrL_rLr​ and L0L_0L0​ have the same Kuhn–Tucker vectors and the same saddle points, and the saddle points of LrL_rLr​ are exactly the pairs satisfying the ordinary Kuhn–Tucker conditions
yˉi≥0, fi(xˉ)≤0, yˉifi(xˉ)=0 (∀i),xˉ∈argmin⁡X(f0+∑iyˉifi).\bar y_i \ge 0,\ f_i(\bar x) \le 0,\ \bar y_i f_i(\bar x) = 0\ (\forall i), \qquad \bar x \in \operatorname{argmin}_X \Big(f_0 + \sum_i \bar y_i f_i\Big).yˉ​i​≥0, fi​(xˉ)≤0, yˉ​i​fi​(xˉ)=0 (∀i),xˉ∈argminX​(f0​+i∑​yˉ​i​fi​).
  1. Corollary 3.4, r=0r = 0r=0: the saddle points of L0L_0L0​ are exactly the pairs satisfying the ordinary Kuhn–Tucker conditions.
  2. Proof of Theorem 3.5, pp. 362–363: if yˉ\bar yyˉ​ is optimal for (Dr)(D_r)(Dr​) and xˉ∈X\bar x \in Xxˉ∈X minimizes Lr(⋅,yˉ)L_r(\cdot, \bar y)Lr​(⋅,yˉ​) over XXX, then ∇yLr(xˉ,yˉ)=0\nabla_y L_r(\bar x, \bar y) = 0∇y​Lr​(xˉ,yˉ​)=0 and yˉ\bar yyˉ​ maximizes Lr(xˉ,⋅)L_r(\bar x, \cdot)Lr​(xˉ,⋅) over Rm\mathbb R^mRm.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.5 turns a constrained problem into an unconstrained one with no loss of exactness. Once an optimal multiplier is known, every minimizer of Lr(⋅,yˉ)L_r(\cdot, \bar y)Lr​(⋅,yˉ​) over XXX solves (P), and conversely. Section 4 of the paper builds the computational scheme on this: maximize the smooth concave function grg_rgr​ over Rm\mathbb R^mRm, then minimize Lr(⋅,yˉ)L_r(\cdot, \bar y)Lr​(⋅,yˉ​) over XXX. For the ordinary Lagrangian the corresponding statement is false (p. 363), so the theorem marks precisely what the quadratic penalty term adds. Corollary 3.4 records the other half of the picture: in Kuhn–Tucker vectors and saddle points, LrL_rLr​ behaves exactly like L0L_0L0​.

Formalizing it. All results are proved in the paper, partly by citation of Rockafellar's Convex Analysis (§§28–30, 36). On the Prove2Me platform, saddle-point characterizations exist only for the ordinary Lagrangian on Rn\mathbb R^nRn (for instance ConvexOptimization.lagrangian_saddle_iff_strong_duality, and Beck's Theorem 2.7 as FirstOrderOpt.ConvexTheory.saddle_point_sufficient / saddle_point_necessary). This mission adds the penalty Lagrangian, convex sets in an arbitrary real vector space, extended-real dual values, and the exactness theorem itself. None of these statements is known to us to be machine-checked elsewhere.

Difficulty

The "if" direction is the substantive one. A minimizer xˉ\bar xxˉ of Lr(⋅,yˉ)L_r(\cdot, \bar y)Lr​(⋅,yˉ​) is not known to be feasible; feasibility must come from maximality of yˉ\bar yyˉ​ in the dual. The natural argument for L0L_0L0​ breaks at exactly this point: L0(xˉ,⋅)L_0(\bar x, \cdot)L0​(xˉ,⋅) is affine on the orthant, and minimality in xxx gives no information about ∇y\nabla_y∇y​. For LrL_rLr​ the link is the differentiability of the dual function grg_rgr​ with ∇gr(yˉ)=∇yLr(xˉ,yˉ)\nabla g_r(\bar y) = \nabla_y L_r(\bar x, \bar y)∇gr​(yˉ​)=∇y​Lr​(xˉ,yˉ​) (Theorem 3.2), which is posed in another mission of this series and is not available as a platform result. Every statement involves extended-real dual values on a vector space with no topology, so ±∞\pm\infty±∞ must be handled at each step.

Formalization scope

  • EEE is a bare real vector space (AddCommGroup E, Module ℝ E), as in the paper; no norm or topology is used.
  • XXX is a Set E. Each statement assumes the paper's standing hypothesis (p. 358): XXX convex and nonempty, f0,…,fmf_0, \dots, f_mf0​,…,fm​ convex on XXX.
  • The fif_ifi​ are total functions E → ℝ, and only their values on XXX enter. Constraint indices are Fin m (0-based), with f0f_0f0​ a separate argument.
  • Rm\mathbb R^mRm is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m).
  • grg_rgr​, g0g_0g0​, L0L_0L0​, the optimal value of (P) and the dual optimal value are EReal-valued. An infeasible (P) has value +∞+\infty+∞, and g0=−∞g_0 = -\inftyg0​=−∞ off y≥0y \ge 0y≥0.
  • r>0r > 0r>0 is an explicit hypothesis wherever the paper has it. Theorem 3.5 is false for r=0r = 0r=0 (p. 363), and the Lean expression Lr at r=0r = 0r=0 is not L0L_0L0​.
  • "Dual optimal solution" in Theorem 3.5 is read as optimal for (Dr)(D_r)(Dr​) with the same rrr, with gr(yˉ)>−∞g_r(\bar y) > -\inftygr​(yˉ​)>−∞ (the convention of p. 361). The paper's reading, optimal for (D0)(D_0)(D0​), is equivalent by Theorem 3.2, which is posed in mission 1 of this series.
  • "xˉ\bar xxˉ minimizes Lr(⋅,yˉ)L_r(\cdot, \bar y)Lr​(⋅,yˉ​) over XXX" includes xˉ∈X\bar x \in Xxˉ∈X. The equivalence is stated for every xˉ∈E\bar x \in Exˉ∈E. No sign condition is imposed on yˉ\bar yyˉ​: nonnegativity is a consequence of dual optimality, not a hypothesis.
  • Saddle points are taken over X×RmX \times \mathbb R^mX×Rm (Rockafellar's Convex Analysis, §36). For L0L_0L0​ they are taken in the extended reals.
  • Trivializing readings ruled out: normality is neither dropped nor replaced by existence of an optimal solution or by Slater's condition, and the minimization on the right of Theorem 3.5 is never over a set containing points outside XXX.

The solver needs the representation Lr(x,y)=min⁡u{Fr(x,u)+u⋅y}L_r(x, y) = \min_u\{F_r(x, u) + u \cdot y\}Lr​(x,y)=minu​{Fr​(x,u)+u⋅y}, weak duality, the envelope formula and differentiability of grg_rgr​ (Theorem 3.2), and a convex-duality fact for normal programs. Those parts are reusable beyond this mission, and proofs of the paper's Theorem 3.2 in this setting are welcome as auxiliary results.

Selected references

  • R. T. Rockafellar, A dual approach to solving nonlinear programming problems by unconstrained optimization, Mathematical Programming 5 (1973) 354–373. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01580138
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • M. R. Hestenes, Multiplier and gradient methods, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 4 (1969) 303–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00927673
  • M. J. D. Powell, A method for nonlinear constraints in minimization problems, in R. Fletcher (ed.), Optimization, Academic Press, 1969, 283–298.
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods, Academic Press, 1982.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A D.C. Optimization Algorithm for Solving the Trust-Region Subproblem I: A Point x Solves the D.C. Program min(g − h) if and only if ∂_εh(x) ⊂ ∂_εg(x) for Every ε > 0Research Paper

Motivation

A d.c. program minimizes a difference of two convex functions. Many nonconvex problems of practical interest have this form: every function with a locally Lipschitz gradient on Rn\mathbb R^nRn is d.c., the class is closed under finite sums, products and finite suprema, and constrained problems enter through indicator functions. Pham Dinh Tao and Le Thi Hoai An (SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998)) use this structure to build the DCA, an algorithm for the trust-region subproblem min⁡{12x⊤Ax+b⊤x:∥x∥≤r}\min\{\tfrac12 x^\top Ax+b^\top x:\|x\|\le r\}min{21​x⊤Ax+b⊤x:∥x∥≤r}, a basic step of trust-region methods in nonlinear optimization. The algorithm rests on a duality theory for d.c. programs, which §3.1 of the paper sets out. This mission is the global half of that theory.

Timeline.

  • 1978–1979: J. F. Toland introduces the duality inf⁡(g−h)=inf⁡(h∗−g∗)\inf(g-h)=\inf(h^*-g^*)inf(g−h)=inf(h∗−g∗) and the inclusions between primal and dual solution sets, in a general setting of linear spaces in separating duality (J. Math. Anal. Appl. 66 (1978); Bull. Soc. Math. France, Mémoire 60 (1979), pp. 177–183, numdam).
  • 1988: J.-B. Hiriart-Urruty proves that xxx minimizes g−hg-hg−h if and only if ∂εh(x)⊂∂εg(x)\partial_\varepsilon h(x)\subset\partial_\varepsilon g(x)∂ε​h(x)⊂∂ε​g(x) for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, through the behaviour of the ε\varepsilonε-directional derivative as a function of ε\varepsilonε (From convex optimization to non convex optimization. Part I, in Nonsmooth Optimization and Related Topics, Plenum, 1988; reference [9] of the paper). The same year Pham Dinh and Elbernoussi introduce the DCA on the basis of d.c. duality (reference [23]).
  • 1998: Pham Dinh and Le Thi give a short proof of Hiriart-Urruty's condition through the d.c. duality (Theorem 3.1, p. 483) and use the duality to design and analyse the DCA for the trust-region subproblem.

Setting

Let X=RnX=\mathbb R^nX=Rn with its canonical inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, and identify the dual space YYY with XXX. Functions take values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}. A function θ\thetaθ is in Γ0(X)\Gamma_0(X)Γ0​(X) if it is convex, lower semicontinuous, never −∞-\infty−∞, and finite at some point. Its effective domain is dom⁡θ={x:θ(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom}\theta=\{x:\theta(x)<+\infty\}domθ={x:θ(x)<+∞}, and its conjugate is

θ∗(y)=sup⁡{⟨x,y⟩−θ(x):x∈X}.\theta^*(y)=\sup\{\langle x,y\rangle-\theta(x):x\in X\}.θ∗(y)=sup{⟨x,y⟩−θ(x):x∈X}.

For x0∈dom⁡θx_0\in\operatorname{dom}\thetax0​∈domθ, the subdifferential ∂θ(x0)\partial\theta(x_0)∂θ(x0​) is the set of yyy with θ(x)≥θ(x0)+⟨x−x0,y⟩\theta(x)\ge\theta(x_0)+\langle x-x_0,y\rangleθ(x)≥θ(x0​)+⟨x−x0​,y⟩ for all xxx. For ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 the ε\varepsilonε-subdifferential is

∂εθ(x0)={y∈Y:θ(x)≥θ(x0)+⟨x−x0,y⟩−ε  ∀x∈X}.\partial_\varepsilon\theta(x_0)=\{y\in Y:\theta(x)\ge\theta(x_0)+\langle x-x_0,y\rangle-\varepsilon\ \ \forall x\in X\}.∂ε​θ(x0​)={y∈Y:θ(x)≥θ(x0​)+⟨x−x0​,y⟩−ε  ∀x∈X}.

Given g,h∈Γ0(X)g,h\in\Gamma_0(X)g,h∈Γ0​(X), the d.c. program and its dual are

(P)α=inf⁡{g(x)−h(x):x∈X},(D)α=inf⁡{h∗(y)−g∗(y):y∈Y},\text{(P)}\quad\alpha=\inf\{g(x)-h(x):x\in X\},\qquad \text{(D)}\quad\alpha=\inf\{h^*(y)-g^*(y):y\in Y\},(P)α=inf{g(x)−h(x):x∈X},(D)α=inf{h∗(y)−g∗(y):y∈Y},

with the convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty-(+\infty)=+\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞. Throughout, the paper assumes the inclusions

dom⁡g⊂dom⁡h,dom⁡h∗⊂dom⁡g∗.(3)\operatorname{dom}g\subset\operatorname{dom}h,\qquad\operatorname{dom}h^*\subset\operatorname{dom}g^*.\tag{3}domg⊂domh,domh∗⊂domg∗.(3)

P\mathcal PP and D\mathcal DD denote the solution sets of (P) and (D).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1(i), p. 483

For every x∈dom⁡hx\in\operatorname{dom}hx∈domh,

x∈P  ⟺  ∂εh(x)⊂∂εg(x)∀ε>0.x\in\mathcal P\iff\partial_\varepsilon h(x)\subset\partial_\varepsilon g(x)\quad\forall\varepsilon>0.x∈P⟺∂ε​h(x)⊂∂ε​g(x)∀ε>0.

Milestones (the proof on pp. 483–484)

  1. d.c. duality (§3, pp. 481–482): inf⁡{g−h}=inf⁡{h∗−g∗}\inf\{g-h\}=\inf\{h^*-g^*\}inf{g−h}=inf{h∗−g∗}.
  2. (6)–(7) (p. 483): x∗∈Px^*\in\mathcal Px∗∈P iff x∗∈dom⁡gx^*\in\operatorname{dom}gx∗∈domg and g(x∗)+g∗(y)≤h(x∗)+h∗(y)g(x^*)+g^*(y)\le h(x^*)+h^*(y)g(x∗)+g∗(y)≤h(x∗)+h∗(y) for all y∈dom⁡h∗y\in\operatorname{dom}h^*y∈domh∗.
  3. (8) (p. 484): for x∗∈dom⁡hx^*\in\operatorname{dom}hx∗∈domh, the inclusions ∂εh(x∗)⊂∂εg(x∗)\partial_\varepsilon h(x^*)\subset\partial_\varepsilon g(x^*)∂ε​h(x∗)⊂∂ε​g(x∗) for all ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 are equivalent to ⟨x∗,y⟩+ε≥h(x∗)+h∗(y)⇒⟨x∗,y⟩+ε≥g(x∗)+g∗(y)\langle x^*,y\rangle+\varepsilon\ge h(x^*)+h^*(y)\Rightarrow\langle x^*,y\rangle+\varepsilon\ge g(x^*)+g^*(y)⟨x∗,y⟩+ε≥h(x∗)+h∗(y)⇒⟨x∗,y⟩+ε≥g(x∗)+g∗(y) for all ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and yyy.
  4. (7) ⇔ (8) (p. 484), for x∗∈dom⁡hx^*\in\operatorname{dom}hx∗∈domh.

Companions

  • Theorem 3.1(ii): for y∈dom⁡g∗y\in\operatorname{dom}g^*y∈domg∗, y∈D  ⟺  ∂εg∗(y)⊂∂εh∗(y)y\in\mathcal D\iff\partial_\varepsilon g^*(y)\subset\partial_\varepsilon h^*(y)y∈D⟺∂ε​g∗(y)⊂∂ε​h∗(y) for all ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0.
  • Theorem 3.1(iii): ⋃{∂h(x):x∈P}⊂D⊂dom⁡h∗\bigcup\{\partial h(x):x\in\mathcal P\}\subset\mathcal D\subset\operatorname{dom}h^*⋃{∂h(x):x∈P}⊂D⊂domh∗, with equality in the first inclusion when g∗g^*g∗ is subdifferentiable on D\mathcal DD.
  • Theorem 3.1(iv): ⋃{∂g∗(y):y∈D}⊂P⊂dom⁡g\bigcup\{\partial g^*(y):y\in\mathcal D\}\subset\mathcal P\subset\operatorname{dom}g⋃{∂g∗(y):y∈D}⊂P⊂domg, with equality when hhh is subdifferentiable on P\mathcal PP.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.1(i) characterizes global minimizers of a nonconvex function by inclusions between convex objects. It is a certificate of global optimality that uses only convex analysis. Parts (iii) and (iv) say that a solution of either program yields a solution of the other through a subgradient. This is the mechanism of the DCA, which alternates yk∈∂h(xk)y^k\in\partial h(x^k)yk∈∂h(xk), xk+1∈∂g∗(yk)x^{k+1}\in\partial g^*(y^k)xk+1∈∂g∗(yk). The paper notes that condition (i) is hard to use in an algorithm and that the DCA rests on local conditions instead. The global condition remains the reference statement that the local theory and the DCA approximate.

Formalizing it. All results here are classical and proved on paper. Parts (iii) and (iv) are proved in references the paper cites, not in the paper itself. None of them has a machine-checked proof on the platform. The mission provides a Lean layer for d.c. programming on Rn\mathbb R^nRn: the convention-respecting difference, the ε\varepsilonε-subdifferential, the standing assumptions, and the primal and dual solution sets. Missions II and III of the series reuse this layer for local optimality and for the convergence of the DCA.

Difficulty

The paper's proof is short, but each step uses a fact that needs separate work. The duality requires the biconjugation h=h∗∗h=h^{**}h=h∗∗ for h∈Γ0h\in\Gamma_0h∈Γ0​, and an exchange of two infima in the extended reals under the convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty-(+\infty)=+\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞. The step (7) ⇔ (8) has a hidden case: a point of dom⁡h∖dom⁡g\operatorname{dom}h\setminus\operatorname{dom}gdomh∖domg. Ruling it out needs ∂εh(x∗)≠∅\partial_\varepsilon h(x^*)\neq\emptyset∂ε​h(x∗)=∅ for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, a nontrivial property of lower semicontinuous proper convex functions. The obvious approach, computing with real numbers, fails because ggg, hhh, g∗g^*g∗ and h∗h^*h∗ all take the value +∞+\infty+∞, and the extended-real arithmetic of Lean does not follow the paper's convention.

Formalization scope

  • Space. X=YX=YX=Y is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Functions are EReal-valued.
  • Published definitions. Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ is ThreeOpSplitting.ConvexRates.IsProperClosedConvex, ∂\partial∂ is InertialFB.IFB.IsSubgradient, and the conjugate is CondatPD.FinDim.conj, an extended-real supremum over all of XXX.
  • Convention. Mathlib has ⊤−⊤=⊥\top-\top=\bot⊤−⊤=⊥. Every difference g−hg-hg−h and h∗−g∗h^*-g^*h∗−g∗ of the paper is the explicit dcSub, which returns +∞+\infty+∞ when the first term is +∞+\infty+∞. P\mathcal PP, D\mathcal DD and α\alphaα are defined through it.
  • Domains. The ε\varepsilonε-subdifferential is empty outside the domain, as in the paper's definition. Theorem 3.1(i) is stated for x∈dom⁡hx\in\operatorname{dom}hx∈domh, the case its proof treats. For x∉dom⁡hx\notin\operatorname{dom}hx∈/domh the right-hand side holds vacuously while x∉Px\notin\mathcal Px∈/P. Every solution lies in dom⁡g⊂dom⁡h\operatorname{dom}g\subset\operatorname{dom}hdomg⊂domh, and for x∈dom⁡h∖dom⁡gx\in\operatorname{dom}h\setminus\operatorname{dom}gx∈domh∖domg both sides are false, so the restriction loses nothing. Part (ii) is restricted to y∈dom⁡g∗y\in\operatorname{dom}g^*y∈domg∗ for the same reason.
  • Standing assumptions. g,h∈Γ0g,h\in\Gamma_0g,h∈Γ0​ and the inclusions (3) are a hypothesis of every item. Finiteness of α\alphaα is not assumed: when α=−∞\alpha=-\inftyα=−∞, both solution sets are empty.
  • Not a trivialization. Defining the ε\varepsilonε-subdifferential without the domain clause, or using Mathlib's subtraction for g−hg-hg−h, would change the theorem: the first makes every yyy an ε\varepsilonε-subgradient at points where the function is +∞+\infty+∞, and the second sets g−h=−∞g-h=-\inftyg−h=−∞ wherever ggg and hhh are both +∞+\infty+∞, since Lean's ⊤−⊤=⊥\top-\top=\bot⊤−⊤=⊥. The goal does not mention (6), (7), (8) or the duality.
  • Parts (iii) and (iv) include the paper's "in particular" sufficient conditions, with the relative interior written as Mathlib's intrinsicInterior, and the "in this case" inclusions into dom⁡∂g∗∩dom⁡∂h∗\operatorname{dom}\partial g^*\cap\operatorname{dom}\partial h^*dom∂g∗∩dom∂h∗ and dom⁡∂g∩dom⁡∂h\operatorname{dom}\partial g\cap\operatorname{dom}\partial hdom∂g∩dom∂h.
  • Contributions welcome. Biconjugation and Fenchel–Young for EReal-valued functions on EuclideanSpace in the conventions of CondatPD.FinDim.conj, nonemptiness of ε\varepsilonε-subdifferentials, and the extended-real infimum exchange. These are reusable well beyond d.c. programming.

Selected references

  • Pham Dinh Tao and Le Thi Hoai An, A d.c. optimization algorithm for solving the trust-region subproblem, SIAM J. Optim. 8(2):476–505, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623494274313
  • J. F. Toland, Duality in nonconvex optimization, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 66:399–415, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(78)90243-3
  • J. F. Toland, On subdifferential calculus and duality in nonconvex optimization, Bull. Soc. Math. France, Mémoire 60:177–183, 1979. http://www.numdam.org/item/MSMF_1979__60__177_0/
  • J.-B. Hiriart-Urruty, From convex optimization to non convex optimization. Part I: Necessary and sufficient conditions for global optimality, in Nonsmooth Optimization and Related Topics, Ettore Majorana Internat. Sci. Ser. Phys. Sci. 43, Plenum Press, New York, 1988 (no persistent link; cited as [9] in the paper above).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Fixed Point and Bregman Iterative Methods for Matrix Rank Minimization: The Matrix Shrinkage Fixed Point Iteration Converges to an Optimal Solution of the Nuclear Norm Regularized ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

Many estimation problems ask for a matrix of low rank that is consistent with a small number of linear measurements: completing a partially observed ratings matrix, identifying a low-order linear system, or embedding points from a few pairwise distances. Rank minimization under linear constraints is NP-hard, and the standard convex surrogate replaces the rank by the nuclear norm, the sum of the singular values (Recht, Fazel and Parrilo, 2010). Under incoherence assumptions the surrogate recovers the low-rank matrix exactly (Candès and Recht, 2009).

The surrogate is a semidefinite program, and interior point methods for it do not scale past matrices of a few hundred rows. Ma, Goldfarb and Chen (2009) proposed a first-order method for the regularized form of the problem: a gradient step on the data-fit term followed by singular value shrinkage. Their algorithms FPC and FPCA are built on this two-line iteration, and the paper's one convergence theorem says that the iteration, run with a fixed step size, converges to a minimizer. This mission formalizes that theorem and the lemmas used to prove it.

Timeline of the closest results:

  • 2005: Combettes and Wajs prove convergence of forward–backward splitting for the sum of a convex function and a convex function with Lipschitz gradient in a Hilbert space.
  • 2008: Hale, Yin and Zhang analyse the fixed point continuation (FPC) method for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized least squares, with vector shrinkage in place of matrix shrinkage.
  • 2008–2010: Cai, Candès and Shen introduce singular value thresholding (SVT) for matrix completion, prove that the shrinkage is the proximal map of the nuclear norm, and prove convergence of a different iteration (Uzawa's method on a strongly convex problem with equality constraints).
  • 2009: Ma, Goldfarb and Chen state and prove convergence of the matrix shrinkage fixed point iteration for the nuclear norm regularized least squares problem (1.8), following Hale, Yin and Zhang's argument.

Setting

Fix natural numbers m,n,pm,n,pm,n,p. Matrices X∈Rm×nX\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}X∈Rm×n carry the Frobenius norm ∥X∥F=(∑ijXij2)1/2\|X\|_F=(\sum_{ij}X_{ij}^2)^{1/2}∥X∥F​=(∑ij​Xij2​)1/2 and the nuclear norm ∥X∥∗=∑iσi(X)\|X\|_*=\sum_i\sigma_i(X)∥X∥∗​=∑i​σi​(X). A linear map A:Rm×n→Rp\mathcal A:\mathbb R^{m\times n}\to\mathbb R^pA:Rm×n→Rp is given by matrices A0,…,Ap−1A_0,\dots,A_{p-1}A0​,…,Ap−1​ through A(X)i=⟨Ai,X⟩\mathcal A(X)_i=\langle A_i,X\rangleA(X)i​=⟨Ai​,X⟩; equivalently AX=A vec(X)\mathcal AX=A\,\mathrm{vec}(X)AX=Avec(X) for a matrix A∈Rp×mnA\in\mathbb R^{p\times mn}A∈Rp×mn. Its adjoint is A∗\mathcal A^*A∗, and λmax⁡(A⊤A)=∥A∥22\lambda_{\max}(A^\top A)=\|\mathcal A\|_2^2λmax​(A⊤A)=∥A∥22​, the square of its spectral norm. Fix b∈Rpb\in\mathbb R^pb∈Rp and μ>0\mu>0μ>0.

Problem (1.8) is

min⁡X∈Rm×n μ∥X∥∗+12∥A(X)−b∥22,\min_{X\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}}\ \mu\|X\|_*+\tfrac12\|\mathcal A(X)-b\|_2^2 ,X∈Rm×nmin​ μ∥X∥∗​+21​∥A(X)−b∥22​,

and X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ denotes its set of optimal solutions. Write g(X)=A∗(A(X)−b)g(X)=\mathcal A^*(\mathcal A(X)-b)g(X)=A∗(A(X)−b) for the gradient of the data-fit term and h(X)=X−τg(X)h(X)=X-\tau g(X)h(X)=X−τg(X) for a gradient step of size τ>0\tau>0τ>0.

For ν>0\nu>0ν>0, the matrix shrinkage operator SνS_\nuSν​ takes a singular value decomposition Y=U Diag(σ)V⊤Y=U\,\mathrm{Diag}(\sigma)V^\topY=UDiag(σ)V⊤ to Sν(Y)=U Diag(σˉ)V⊤S_\nu(Y)=U\,\mathrm{Diag}(\bar\sigma)V^\topSν​(Y)=UDiag(σˉ)V⊤, where σˉi=max⁡(σi−ν,0)\bar\sigma_i=\max(\sigma_i-\nu,0)σˉi​=max(σi​−ν,0). The fixed point iterations (2.1) start from an arbitrary X0X^0X0 and repeat

Yk=Xk−τg(Xk),Xk+1=Sτμ(Yk).Y^k=X^k-\tau g(X^k),\qquad X^{k+1}=S_{\tau\mu}(Y^k).Yk=Xk−τg(Xk),Xk+1=Sτμ​(Yk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For τ∈(0,2/λmax⁡(A⊤A))\tau\in(0,2/\lambda_{\max}(A^\top A))τ∈(0,2/λmax​(A⊤A)) and every starting point, there is X∗∈X∗X^*\in\mathcal X^*X∗∈X∗ with

lim⁡k→∞∥Xk−X∗∥F=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}\|X^k-X^*\|_F=0 .k→∞lim​∥Xk−X∗∥F​=0.

The goal fixes no rate and no particular limit: it asserts convergence of the whole sequence to some minimizer.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Theorem 3. Sν(Y)S_\nu(Y)Sν​(Y) is an optimal solution of min⁡Xν∥X∥∗+12∥X−Y∥F2\min_X\nu\|X\|_*+\tfrac12\|X-Y\|_F^2minX​ν∥X∥∗​+21​∥X−Y∥F2​. This is already posed on the platform as Cai, Candès and Shen's Theorem 2.1 (which adds uniqueness) and is referenced, not restated.
  2. Corollary 1. For every τ>0\tau>0τ>0: X∗∈X∗X^*\in\mathcal X^*X∗∈X∗ if and only if X∗=Sτμ(h(X∗))X^*=S_{\tau\mu}(h(X^*))X∗=Sτμ​(h(X∗)).
  3. Lemma 1. ∥Sν(Y1)−Sν(Y2)∥F≤∥Y1−Y2∥F\|S_\nu(Y_1)-S_\nu(Y_2)\|_F\le\|Y_1-Y_2\|_F∥Sν​(Y1​)−Sν​(Y2​)∥F​≤∥Y1​−Y2​∥F​, with equality if and only if Y1−Y2=Sν(Y1)−Sν(Y2)Y_1-Y_2=S_\nu(Y_1)-S_\nu(Y_2)Y1​−Y2​=Sν​(Y1​)−Sν​(Y2​).
  4. Lemma 2. For τ\tauτ in the step range, ∥h(X)−h(X′)∥F≤∥X−X′∥F\|h(X)-h(X')\|_F\le\|X-X'\|_F∥h(X)−h(X′)∥F​≤∥X−X′∥F​, and h(X)−h(X′)=X−X′h(X)-h(X')=X-X'h(X)−h(X′)=X−X′ if and only if equality holds.
  5. Lemma 3. If X∗∈X∗X^*\in\mathcal X^*X∗∈X∗, then X∈X∗X\in\mathcal X^*X∈X∗ if and only if ∥Sτμ(h(X))−X∗∥F=∥X−X∗∥F\|S_{\tau\mu}(h(X))-X^*\|_F=\|X-X^*\|_F∥Sτμ​(h(X))−X∗∥F​=∥X−X∗∥F​.

The mission also contains the paper's Theorem 2, the optimality condition for (1.8) written with a reduced singular value decomposition X=U Diag(σ)V⊤X=U\,\mathrm{Diag}(\sigma)V^\topX=UDiag(σ)V⊤: X∈X∗X\in\mathcal X^*X∈X∗ if and only if some WWW satisfies μ(UV⊤+W)+g(X)=0\mu(UV^\top+W)+g(X)=0μ(UV⊤+W)+g(X)=0, U⊤W=0U^\top W=0U⊤W=0, WV=0WV=0WV=0 and ∥W∥2≤1\|W\|_2\le1∥W∥2​≤1. The chain to Theorem 4 does not use it.

Significance

Theorem 4 is the correctness guarantee for FPC and FPCA, which were among the first algorithms to solve nuclear norm regularized problems with matrices in the thousands of rows. It certifies that the output of the plain iteration is an exact minimizer in the limit, for every starting point and every step below 2/λmax⁡(A⊤A)2/\lambda_{\max}(A^\top A)2/λmax​(A⊤A). Lemmas 1–3 are the reusable part: non-expansiveness of the matrix shrinkage with a precise equality case, and the fixed point characterization of the optimal set, are the ingredients of every proximal gradient analysis with nuclear norm regularization.

Status: the theorem is proved on paper, and it is also a special case of the general convergence of forward–backward splitting. No machine-checked proof of it is known. The platform holds general forward–backward and inertial forward–backward convergence statements in Hilbert space (for example NesterovFB.Weak.theorem_3, InertialFB.IFB.theorem1_convergence) and the nonexpansiveness of abstract proximal maps (MoreauProx.Characterization.prox_nonexpansive). None is stated for the nuclear norm, for matrix shrinkage defined through the SVD, or with Ma, Goldfarb and Chen's equality cases. Formalizing this mission connects Mathlib's singular values to these operator-theoretic statements.

Difficulty

The obvious route goes through Fejér monotonicity: every step brings the iterate no farther from any minimizer, so the iterates are bounded and have a limit point. Two steps of this route do not come for free. First, the argument presupposes a minimizer; nothing in the hypotheses provides one, so the existence of an optimal solution of (1.8) has to be established from the data. Second, a limit point must be shown to be optimal, which requires the equality cases of Lemmas 1 and 2, not just the inequalities. Lemma 1's equality case concerns the singular value decompositions of two unrelated matrices whose singular vectors need not be aligned; non-expansiveness alone does not deliver it. Nonexpansive maps in general need not have convergent iterates (a rotation is nonexpansive), so continuity plus boundedness is not enough.

Formalization scope

  • Matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ. The Frobenius norm, the nuclear norm (the sum of Mathlib's LinearMap.singularValues), the linear map A\mathcal AA as ppp matrices Aop, its adjoint and spectral norm, and the shrinkage relation IsShrink are reused from the published Cai–Candès–Shen definitions.
  • SνS_\nuSν​ is a relation, IsShrink ν Y X: XXX is the shrinkage of YYY for some reduced SVD (orthonormal columns, positive singular values). Every statement takes the shrinkage output as a variable with an IsShrink hypothesis. The paper's Definition 4 also allows zero singular values, which shrink to zero and change nothing.
  • The step range τ∈(0,2/λmax⁡(A⊤A))\tau\in(0,2/\lambda_{\max}(A^\top A))τ∈(0,2/λmax​(A⊤A)) is written 0<τ0<\tau0<τ and τ∥A∥22<2\tau\|\mathcal A\|_2^2<2τ∥A∥22​<2, without division. For A=0\mathcal A=0A=0 this is the range (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), as on paper, rather than the empty range that Lean's 2/0=02/0=02/0=0 would give.
  • μ>0\mu>0μ>0 is an explicit hypothesis, and so is ν>0\nu>0ν>0 in Lemma 1; in Corollary 1, τ>0\tau>0τ>0 is the only condition on the step, as on the page ("for any τ>0\tau>0τ>0"). ν=τμ\nu=\tau\muν=τμ is built into the statements.
  • The run of (2.1) is a predicate on the whole sequence with an arbitrary X0X^0X0; it is not the continuation scheme FPC and does not fix X0=0X^0=0X0=0.
  • Convergence is in the Frobenius norm to some minimizer chosen after the run. Neither X∗≠∅\mathcal X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅ nor boundedness of the iterates is a hypothesis; a statement that assumes either is a different, weaker theorem and is ruled out.
  • No statement assumes m≤nm\le nm≤n; the paper's "without loss of generality" belongs to its proofs.

A complete development needs the SVD of real matrices in terms of Mathlib's singular values, the subdifferential of the nuclear norm, and a Fejér-monotone convergence argument in finite dimension. The first two are reusable for any nuclear norm or spectral function result, and contributions of general lemmas about singular value shrinkage (functionality of IsShrink, its proximal characterization) are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Ma, D. Goldfarb, L. Chen, Fixed point and Bregman iterative methods for matrix rank minimization, Math. Program. 128 (2011); preprint arXiv:0905.1643v2, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0905.1643
  • J.-F. Cai, E. J. Candès, Z. Shen, A singular value thresholding algorithm for matrix completion, SIAM J. Optim. 20(4), 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0810.3286
  • E. T. Hale, W. Yin, Y. Zhang, Fixed-point continuation for ℓ1-minimization: methodology and convergence, SIAM J. Optim. 19(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/070698920
  • P. L. Combettes, V. R. Wajs, Signal recovery by proximal forward-backward splitting, Multiscale Model. Simul. 4(4), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1137/050626090
  • B. Recht, M. Fazel, P. A. Parrilo, Guaranteed minimum-rank solutions of linear matrix equations via nuclear norm minimization, SIAM Review 52(3), 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0706.4138
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact matrix completion via convex optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0805.4471
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal-Dual Interior-Point Methods for Self-Scaled Cones I: After One Short Step from N(β), λ₂(x₊, s₊) ≤ (2 + δ − κ)(ϵ + κ)²/((1 − δ)²(1 − κ)³)Research Paper

Motivation

Linear programming, second-order cone programming and semidefinite programming are all instances of conic linear programming: minimize a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a closed convex cone. Primal-dual interior-point methods solve these problems in polynomially many iterations and are the algorithms behind most conic solvers in practical use. Nesterov and Todd showed that the primal-dual path-following analysis known for linear programming extends verbatim to every cone that admits a self-scaled barrier, a class containing the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone, the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, and their products (Nesterov & Todd 1997; Nesterov & Todd 1998).

Timeline. Kojima, Mizuno and Yoshise (1989) and Monteiro and Adler (1989) gave short-step primal-dual path-following methods for linear programming with an O(nln⁡(1/ε))O(\sqrt n \ln(1/\varepsilon))O(n​ln(1/ε)) iteration bound. Mizuno, Todd and Ye (1993) added the predictor-corrector variant. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) developed the general theory of self-concordant barriers. Nesterov and Todd (1997) introduced self-scaled barriers and scaling points; the 1998 paper analysed the short-step, adaptive-step and predictor-corrector methods for them. Güler (1996) identified self-scaled cones with symmetric (homogeneous self-dual) cones.

Setting

Let E=RnE = \mathbb R^nE=Rn with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, and let K⊆EK \subseteq EK⊆E be a closed convex cone that is pointed and has nonempty interior; K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}K^* = \{s : \langle s, x\rangle \ge 0\ \forall x \in K\}K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K} is its dual cone. A linear map A:Rn→RmA : \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb R^mA:Rn→Rm (surjective), b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm and c∈Rnc \in \mathbb R^nc∈Rn define the primal problem min⁡{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}\min\{\langle c, x\rangle : Ax = b,\ x \in K\}min{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K} and its dual max⁡{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗}\max\{\langle b, y\rangle : A^*y + s = c,\ s \in K^*\}max{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗}. Strictly feasible points are x∈S0(P)x \in S^0(P)x∈S0(P) (x∈int⁡Kx \in \operatorname{int} Kx∈intK, Ax=bAx = bAx=b) and (y,s)∈S0(D)(y, s) \in S^0(D)(y,s)∈S0(D) (s∈int⁡K∗s \in \operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗, A∗y+s=cA^*y + s = cA∗y+s=c).

A ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier FFF for KKK is a self-concordant convex function on int⁡K\operatorname{int} KintK that tends to +∞+\infty+∞ at the boundary, satisfies (⟨F′(x),h⟩)2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩(\langle F'(x), h\rangle)^2 \le \nu\langle F''(x)h, h\rangle(⟨F′(x),h⟩)2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩ and F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x) = F(x) - \nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ. Its conjugate is F∗(s)=sup⁡x∈int⁡K{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x)}F_*(s) = \sup_{x \in \operatorname{int}K}\{-\langle s, x\rangle - F(x)\}F∗​(s)=supx∈intK​{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x)}. The barrier is self-scaled if F′′(w)x∈int⁡K∗F''(w)x \in \operatorname{int}K^*F′′(w)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−νF_*(F''(w)x) = F(x) - 2F(w) - \nuF∗​(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−ν for all w,x∈int⁡Kw, x \in \operatorname{int}Kw,x∈intK. For x∈int⁡Kx \in \operatorname{int}Kx∈intK and s∈int⁡K∗s \in \operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗ the scaling point is the w∈int⁡Kw \in \operatorname{int}Kw∈intK with F′′(w)x=sF''(w)x = sF′′(w)x=s.

Local norms at x∈int⁡Kx \in \operatorname{int}Kx∈intK are ∥v∥x=⟨F′′(x)v,v⟩1/2\|v\|_x = \langle F''(x)v, v\rangle^{1/2}∥v∥x​=⟨F′′(x)v,v⟩1/2 for primal vectors and ∥u∥x=⟨[F′′(x)]−1u,u⟩1/2\|u\|_x = \langle [F''(x)]^{-1}u, u\rangle^{1/2}∥u∥x​=⟨[F′′(x)]−1u,u⟩1/2 for dual vectors; ∣u∣x|u|_x∣u∣x​ is the cone-induced (max-type) norm. With μ(x,s)=⟨s,x⟩/ν\mu(x, s) = \langle s, x\rangle/\nuμ(x,s)=⟨s,x⟩/ν the proximity measures are

λ2(x,s)=∥sμ(x,s)+F′(x)∥x,λ∞(x,s)=∣sμ(x,s)+F′(x)∣x,\lambda_2(x, s) = \Big\|\frac{s}{\mu(x,s)} + F'(x)\Big\|_x,\qquad \lambda_\infty(x, s) = \Big|\frac{s}{\mu(x,s)} + F'(x)\Big|_x,λ2​(x,s)=​μ(x,s)s​+F′(x)​x​,λ∞​(x,s)=​μ(x,s)s​+F′(x)​x​,

and λˉ2(x,s,μ)=∥s/μ+F′(x)∥x\bar\lambda_2(x, s, \mu) = \|s/\mu + F'(x)\|_xλˉ2​(x,s,μ)=∥s/μ+F′(x)∥x​. The narrow neighbourhood is N(β)={(x,y,s)∈S0(P)×S0(D):λ2(x,s)≤β}N(\beta) = \{(x,y,s) \in S^0(P)\times S^0(D) : \lambda_2(x, s) \le \beta\}N(β)={(x,y,s)∈S0(P)×S0(D):λ2​(x,s)≤β}.

The short step from (x,y,s)∈N(β)(x, y, s) \in N(\beta)(x,y,s)∈N(β) targets μ+=(1−κ/ν)μ(x,s)\mu_+ = (1 - \kappa/\sqrt\nu)\mu(x,s)μ+​=(1−κ/ν​)μ(x,s) and solves

F′′(w)qx+qs=s+μ+F′(x),Aqx=0,A∗qy+qs=0,F''(w)q_x + q_s = s + \mu_+F'(x),\qquad Aq_x = 0,\qquad A^*q_y + q_s = 0,F′′(w)qx​+qs​=s+μ+​F′(x),Aqx​=0,A∗qy​+qs​=0,

then sets (x+,y+,s+)=(x−qx,y−qy,s−qs)(x_+, y_+, s_+) = (x - q_x, y - q_y, s - q_s)(x+​,y+​,s+​)=(x−qx​,y−qy​,s−qs​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.4

With δ=λ∞(x,s)\delta = \lambda_\infty(x,s)δ=λ∞​(x,s), ϵ=λ2(x,s)\epsilon = \lambda_2(x,s)ϵ=λ2​(x,s), ϵ+=λˉ2(x,s,μ+)\epsilon_+ = \bar\lambda_2(x, s, \mu_+)ϵ+​=λˉ2​(x,s,μ+​) and η=ϵ+/(1−δ)<1\eta = \epsilon_+/(1-\delta) < 1η=ϵ+​/(1−δ)<1:

x+∈int⁡K,s+∈int⁡K∗,μ(x+,s+)=μ+,λ2(x+,s+)=λˉ2(x+,s+,μ+)≤(2+δ−κ)(ϵ+κ)2(1−δ)2(1−κ)3.x_+ \in \operatorname{int}K,\quad s_+ \in \operatorname{int}K^*,\quad \mu(x_+, s_+) = \mu_+,\quad \lambda_2(x_+, s_+) = \bar\lambda_2(x_+, s_+, \mu_+) \le \frac{(2 + \delta - \kappa)(\epsilon + \kappa)^2}{(1-\delta)^2(1-\kappa)^3}.x+​∈intK,s+​∈intK∗,μ(x+​,s+​)=μ+​,λ2​(x+​,s+​)=λˉ2​(x+​,s+​,μ+​)≤(1−δ)2(1−κ)3(2+δ−κ)(ϵ+κ)2​.

The constant κ∈(0,1)\kappa \in (0,1)κ∈(0,1) and β∈(0,1)\beta \in (0,1)β∈(0,1) are free; no numerical choice is hard-coded.

Milestones

Theorem 3.6 (norms at neighbouring points), Lemma 3.13 and Corollary 3.14 (scaling-point Hessian versus the Hessians at xxx and sss), Lemma 6.2 (effect of decreasing μ\muμ), (6.10) (the gap after the step), and Lemma 6.3 (size of the step, feasibility, norms at x+x_+x+​).

Companion results

The Algorithm 6.1 invariant (β=1/10\beta = 1/10β=1/10, κ=1/15\kappa = 1/15κ=1/15: iterates stay in N(1/10)N(1/10)N(1/10) while μ\muμ shrinks by 1−(15ν)−11 - (15\sqrt\nu)^{-1}1−(15ν​)−1), Theorem 6.5 (the predictor step length α∗≥(10ν)−1\alpha^* \ge (10\sqrt\nu)^{-1}α∗≥(10ν​)−1), and Lemma 6.1.

Significance

Theorem 6.4 is the one-step estimate behind the O(νln⁡(⟨s0,x0⟩/ζ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(\langle s_0, x_0\rangle/\zeta))O(ν​ln(⟨s0​,x0​⟩/ζ)) iteration bound of the short-step method on every symmetric cone, and with it of the most widely used complexity bounds for semidefinite and second-order cone programming. The same estimate, with κ=0\kappa = 0κ=0, certifies the corrector step of the predictor-corrector method (Algorithm 6.3).

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. A Lean development would provide a machine-checked core of conic interior-point theory: the local-norm calculus of self-scaled barriers (Theorem 3.6, Lemma 3.13), which is reused across all the methods of the paper, and a verified complexity statement for an algorithm family used in practice. The companion mission on the functional-proximity method (Theorem 7.1 of the same paper) shares the setting.

Difficulty

The obvious argument expands s++μ+F′(x+)s_+ + \mu_+F'(x_+)s+​+μ+​F′(x+​) and bounds each term by self-concordance. Generic self-concordance controls norms at a new point only under ∥x+−x∥x<1\|x_+ - x\|_x < 1∥x+​−x∥x​<1 and gives constants that do not close the recursion with β=1/10\beta = 1/10β=1/10; it also says nothing about the dual side. The proof needs properties special to self-scaled barriers: the scaling point www and the two-sided comparison of F′′(w)/μF''(w)/\muF′′(w)/μ with F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x) (Lemma 3.13), norm comparisons under the weaker hypothesis ∣x+−x∣x<1|x_+ - x|_x < 1∣x+​−x∣x​<1 (Theorem 3.6), and a third-derivative bound from Nesterov–Todd 1997. In Lean, none of the self-scaled barrier theory, conjugate barriers on cones, or local norms exists in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

EEE is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and E∗E^*E∗ is identified with EEE through the inner product. Because the paper distinguishes primal and dual norms by the space of the argument, the formalization names them: lnorm G v u (same space as vvv) and dnorm G v u (other space, through the inverse Hessian), for G=FG = FG=F or G=F∗G = F_*G=F∗​; sigma C c u and absn C c u take the cone and the centre explicitly. The conjugate is a real supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK and is only evaluated in int⁡K∗\operatorname{int}K^*intK∗. λ2\lambda_2λ2​, λ∞\lambda_\inftyλ∞​ use the first of their two printed forms.

Standing assumptions carried by every statement: KKK proper, FFF a ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier, and ν≥1\nu \ge 1ν≥1 (a consequence of pointedness that the paper derives). The barrier definition adds positive definiteness of F′′F''F′′ on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK, implied by the other conditions for a pointed cone. Theorem 6.4 adds 0<κ<10 < \kappa < 10<κ<1 (the paper's "some fixed constant", forced by its proof) and the conclusion x+∈int⁡Kx_+ \in \operatorname{int}Kx+​∈intK, s+∈int⁡K∗s_+ \in \operatorname{int}K^*s+​∈intK∗ from Lemma 6.3. Assumptions (2.4)–(2.5) are implied by the strictly feasible starting point. In Theorem 3.6 the middle factors of (3.12) are corrected to (1−p+)(1 - p_+)(1−p+​) and (1+p−)(1 + p_-)(1+p−​); the printed ones fail for the half-line.

Search directions are any solution of their linear systems; their existence is not assumed. The goal assumes no bound from Lemmas 6.2–6.3 and no value of μ(x+,s+)\mu(x_+, s_+)μ(x+​,s+​), so it cannot be discharged by restating its hypotheses.

Needed infrastructure: derivatives of logarithmically homogeneous functions ((2.7)–(2.10)), properties of the conjugate barrier ((2.12)–(2.16)), the existence and properties of scaling points (Nesterov–Todd 1997), and the local norm inequalities of self-concordant functions. These are reusable for any interior-point formalization; contributions of such lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Math. Oper. Res. 22 (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • O. Güler, Barrier functions in interior point methods, Math. Oper. Res. 21 (1996) 860–885. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.21.4.860
  • M. Kojima, S. Mizuno and A. Yoshise, A primal-dual interior point algorithm for linear programming, in Progress in Mathematical Programming, Springer, 1989, 29–47. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-9617-8_2
  • S. Mizuno, M. J. Todd and Y. Ye, On adaptive-step primal-dual interior-point algorithms for linear programming, Math. Oper. Res. 18 (1993) 964–981. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.4.964
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Functional AnalysisNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Dual Algorithm for the Solution of Nonlinear Variational Problems via Finite Element Approximation 2: Internal Approximations Under (4.1)–(4.3) Have Solutions v_h Converging Strongly to vResearch Paper

Motivation

An infinite dimensional variational problem can be described by continuous linear operators and convex functionals, yet numerical work needs finite dimensional spaces. The question is whether a solution computed in a finite dimensional approximation still approaches the solution of the original problem when the approximation is refined. Gabay and Mercier's IRIA report studies this question alongside a dual algorithm. Its Section 4 gives a convergence statement for internal approximations of the primal problem. The result is relevant to finite element methods because it identifies conditions on the discrete spaces, discrete operators, and nonsmooth part of the objective that ensure convergence of the minimizers.

The report is the June 1975 preprint of a 1976 journal paper. This mission follows the pinned report version, hal-04716124v1, whose theorem and equation numbers are used throughout. Its Section 4 first states the abstract approximation theorem and then turns to a concrete finite element construction. The abstract theorem is the target here. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 20–23.

Setting

Let VVV and YYY be real Hilbert spaces, and let A:V→YA:V\to YA:V→Y be a continuous linear operator. A continuous linear functional b∈V′b\in V'b∈V′ supplies a linear term. Let f2:Y→(−∞,+∞]f_2:Y\to(-\infty,+\infty]f2​:Y→(−∞,+∞] be a proper, convex, lower semicontinuous function. Its value may be +∞+\infty+∞, which excludes an inadmissible point. The continuous problem (P)({\cal P})(P) is to minimize

J(v)=12∥Av∥2+f2(Av)−⟨b,v⟩,v∈V.J(v)=\frac12\|Av\|^2+f_2(Av)-\langle b,v\rangle,\qquad v\in V.J(v)=21​∥Av∥2+f2​(Av)−⟨b,v⟩,v∈V.

A solution has finite objective value and minimizes JJJ over all of VVV. The report's coercivity condition (2.5) supplies α>0\alpha>0α>0 such that ∥Av∥2≥α2∥v∥2\|Av\|^2\ge\alpha^2\|v\|^2∥Av∥2≥α2∥v∥2 for every v∈Vv\in Vv∈V. It also assumes the interior of the effective domain of f2f_2f2​ is nonempty. The proof of Proposition 2.1 explicitly requires a point v0∈Vv_0\in Vv0​∈V with f2(Av0)<+∞f_2(Av_0)<+\inftyf2​(Av0​)<+∞; this feasibility condition is made explicit here. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 8–9.

For each approximation index kkk, let Vk⊆VV_k\subseteq VVk​⊆V be a finite dimensional subspace and Ak:Vk→YA_k:V_k\to YAk​:Vk​→Y a continuous linear operator. The discrete problem (Pk)({\cal P}_k)(Pk​) minimizes 12∥Akw∥2+f2(Akw)−⟨b,w⟩\frac12\|A_kw\|^2+f_2(A_kw)-\langle b,w\rangle21​∥Ak​w∥2+f2​(Ak​w)−⟨b,w⟩ over w∈Vkw\in V_kw∈Vk​. The same AkA_kAk​ appears in both terms involving the image of www. The report also describes a subspace Yh⊆YY_h\subseteq YYh​⊆Y containing the range of AhA_hAh​; the abstract convergence claim uses those images only as elements of YYY. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 20, 23.

The operator assumptions (4.1) include uniform constants α′>0\alpha'>0α′>0 and MMM with α′∥w∥≤∥Akw∥≤M∥w∥\alpha'\|w\|\le\|A_kw\|\le M\|w\|α′∥w∥≤∥Ak​w∥≤M∥w∥, preservation of weak and strong limits, and ∥Akw−Aw∥→0\|A_kw-Aw\|\to0∥Ak​w−Aw∥→0 for uniformly bounded families. The compatibility condition (4.3) requires, for each v∈Vv\in Vv∈V, points wk∈Vkw_k\in V_kwk​∈Vk​ with wk→vw_k\to vwk​→v and f2(Akwk)→f2(Av)f_2(A_kw_k)\to f_2(Av)f2​(Ak​wk​)→f2​(Av). The latter limit is extended valued when necessary. These conditions define what counts as an internal approximation for this theorem. Gabay and Mercier, p. 20.

Formalization targets

The main target is Theorem 4.1. The continuous problem has a unique solution v∗v^*v∗; the discrete problems have unique solutions for all sufficiently fine approximations; and

vk∗⟶v∗strongly in V.v_k^*\longrightarrow v^*\quad\text{strongly in }V.vk∗​⟶v∗strongly in V.

The theorem's phrase “in VhV_hVh​ strongly” is read in the common ambient space VVV, because the spaces VhV_hVh​ vary. The claim covers every selection of discrete minimizers once they exist. The paper's conditions allow a few early discrete problems to be infeasible, so existence is asserted eventually. Gabay and Mercier, p. 21, Theorem 4.1.

The milestone list follows the report's own path from the application of Proposition 2.1 on p. 20 through the variational inequality (4.4), the bound after (4.5), weak convergence after (4.7), the estimate (4.8), and the limits (4.10)–(4.11). The equations (4.5) and (4.8) contain printing slips; their milestone excerpts preserve the printed text, while their formal statements use the mathematically consistent readings explained with each item. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 21–22.

Significance

The theorem gives a precise guarantee for a family of finite dimensional problems: a computed minimizer is meaningful as an approximation to the unique solution of the infinite dimensional problem when the discretization satisfies the stated conditions. The operator AkA_kAk​ may differ from the restriction of AAA to VkV_kVk​, and the nonsmooth term f2f_2f2​ may assign +∞+\infty+∞ outside its domain. The conclusion therefore covers settings in which simply restricting the continuous objective to a subspace would describe the wrong numerical problem. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 20–23.

The result is proved in the report; the remaining task is a machine checked proof of the abstract approximation theorem and its cited intermediate claims. A formal development would also leave reusable statements about extended valued convex minimization, weak convergence of Hilbert space sequences, and uniformly consistent discrete operators. This proposal supplies statements for those claims; it does not claim that they already have machine checked proofs.

Difficulty

Strong convergence cannot be read off from a bound on the discrete solution norms. Uniform boundedness yields only access to weak limits in the Hilbert space; the solution's images and the nonsmooth objective must still behave correctly under the varying operators. Weak convergence of vk∗v_k^*vk∗​ alone also does not imply convergence in norm. A proof must keep the weak limit, the lower semicontinuity of f2f_2f2​, and the discrepancy between AkA_kAk​ and AAA aligned under the same approximation assumptions. The fact that f2f_2f2​ may be infinite makes unguarded subtraction of its values invalid. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 21–22.

Formalization scope

Lean uses real complete inner product spaces for VVV and YYY, continuous linear maps for AAA and AkA_kAk​, and StrongDual ℝ V for bbb. The index k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞ represents a sequence of mesh parameters hk→0h_k\to0hk​→0; the report's convergence claims are sequential. Each VkV_kVk​ is finite dimensional. The codomain spaces YhY_hYh​ are suppressed through their inclusions in YYY. Weak convergence uses all Hilbert inner products as tests, while “strongly” means convergence in the norm topology.

The function f2f_2f2​ takes values in EReal, with properness excluding −∞-\infty−∞. Its limit in (4.3) uses the extended real topology. The quadratic term is real valued. A solution must have a finite objective value, and the continuous problem must have a feasible point. The section's interior-domain assumption (2.4) is retained even though the abstract proof does not use it. Condition (4.1)(iv) quantifies over every uniformly bounded family. These choices rule out the vacuous interpretation in which all continuous or discrete objective values are +∞+\infty+∞.

The report's f1(y)=12∥y∥2f_1(y)=\frac12\|y\|^2f1​(y)=21​∥y∥2 automatically satisfies the earlier gradient monotonicity requirement (2.3). The published InertialFB.IFB.ConvexAnalysis definition provides properness, convexity, and weak convergence with matching conventions. The new local definition supplies the two objectives, solution predicates, and approximation hypotheses. Contributions proving the goal and its milestones are welcome; separate treatments of the concrete triangulation and quadrature construction of Proposition 4.1 are outside this mission. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 20–26.

Selected references

  • D. Gabay and B. Mercier, A dual algorithm for the solution of non linear variational problems via finite element approximation, IRIA Rapport de Recherche no. 126, June 1975, hal-04716124v1. This report is the version whose numbering the mission uses.
  • D. Gabay and B. Mercier, A dual algorithm for the solution of nonlinear variational problems via finite element approximation, Computers & Mathematics with Applications 2 (1976) 17–40, doi:10.1016/0898-1221(76)90003-1. The journal version; its numbering is not used here.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 12 of 23Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me